English dropdown-ico

Manual NEC NDA-24300

653 pages 12.11 mb
Download

Go to site of 653

Summary
  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 1

    NDA-24300 ISSUE 1 STOCK # 200787 System Opera tions and Main tenance Man ual OCTOBER, 2000 NEC Ame rica, In c. ® ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 2

    LIABILITY DISCLAIMER NEC Am erica, Inc. res erves th e right t o cha nge the specifi cations , functions, o r featur es, at any ti me, without notic e. NEC A merica , Inc. has prepared this documen t fo r use by its employe es and cust omers . The informa tion co ntaine d herein is the prope rty o f NEC Am erica, I nc. and shall not be reprodu ced ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 3

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA T E OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 1/9 NDA- 2430 0 PA G E N o . ISSUE No. 12345678 i 1 ii 1 iii 1 iv 1 v 1 vi 1 vii 1 viii 1 ix 1 x 1 xi 1 xii 1 xiii 1 xiv 1 xv 1 xvi 1 1 1 2 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 4

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 2/9 NDA- 2430 0 61 1 62 1 63 1 64 1 65 1 66 1 67 1 68 1 69 1 70 1 71 1 72 1 73 1 74 1 75 1 76 1 77 1 78 1 79 1 80 1 81 1 82 1 83 1 84 1 85 1 86 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 5

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 3/9 NDA- 2430 0 137 1 138 1 139 1 140 1 141 1 142 1 143 1 144 1 145 1 146 1 147 1 148 1 149 1 150 1 151 1 152 1 153 1 154 1 155 1 156 1 157 1 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 6

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 4/9 NDA- 2430 0 213 1 214 1 215 1 216 1 217 1 218 1 219 1 220 1 221 1 222 1 223 1 224 1 225 1 226 1 227 1 228 1 229 1 230 1 231 1 232 1 233 1 2 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 7

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 5/9 NDA- 2430 0 289 1 290 1 291 1 292 1 293 1 294 1 295 1 296 1 297 1 298 1 299 1 300 1 301 1 302 1 303 1 304 1 305 1 306 1 307 1 308 1 309 1 3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 8

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 6/9 NDA- 2430 0 365 1 366 1 367 1 368 1 369 1 370 1 371 1 372 1 373 1 374 1 375 1 376 1 377 1 378 1 379 1 380 1 381 1 382 1 383 1 384 1 385 1 3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 9

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 7/9 NDA- 2430 0 441 1 442 1 443 1 444 1 445 1 446 1 447 1 448 1 449 1 450 1 451 1 452 1 453 1 454 1 455 1 456 1 457 1 458 1 459 1 460 1 461 1 4 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 10

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 8/9 NDA- 2430 0 517 1 518 1 519 1 520 1 521 1 522 1 523 1 524 1 525 1 526 1 527 1 528 1 529 1 530 1 531 1 532 1 533 1 534 1 535 1 536 1 537 1 5 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 11

    ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISS UE 3 ISS U E 4 DA TE OCTOBER, 2000 DA TE DA TE DA TE ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISS UE 7 ISS U E 8 DA TE DA TE DA TE DA TE NEAX24 00 IPX System Op er atio ns and Maintenance M an ual Revision Sheet 9/9 NDA- 2430 0 593 1 594 1 595 1 596 1 597 1 598 1 599 1 600 1 601 1 602 1 603 1 604 1 605 1 606 1 607 1 608 1 609 1 610 1 61 1 1 612 1 613 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 12

    NDA-24300 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page i Issue 1 ND A-24300 ISSU E 1 OCT O BER, 20 00 NEAX2400 IPX System Oper ations and Maintena nce Manual T ABLE OF CONTENTS Pag e LIST OF FI GURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x LIST OF T ABLES . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 13

    TABLE OF CONTENTS NDA-24300 Page ii Issu e 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 0-I Mate CPU Fai lure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 0-J Abnormal I nterrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 14

    NDA-24300 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ii i Issue 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 7-G TSW P LO Ke y Turn O N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 6 7-H TSW P LO Ke y Turn O FF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 15

    TABLE OF CONTENTS NDA-24300 Page iv Issu e 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 17-O IOC MB Key Turn ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 9 17-P IOC MB Key Turn OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 16

    NDA-24300 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page v Issue 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 6. FUSE RE PLACEME NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 CHAPTER 5 FAULT REP AIR PROC EDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 17

    TABLE OF CONTENTS NDA-24300 Page vi Issu e 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 10. TONE FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 6 10.1 Check Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 18

    NDA-24300 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page vi i Issue 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 7.2.7 Call Mete ring Inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 4 7.2.8 Office Code of Ca llin g (Calle d) Party and B illing Pr ocess Of fice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 4 7.2.9 Text Forma ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 19

    TABLE OF CONTENTS NDA-24300 Page viii Issu e 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e 2.1 Am bient C onditions in Switc h Room Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 8 2.2 Al arm Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 20

    NDA-24300 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ix Issue 1 T ABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Pa g e DTF104 Dis play of Atte ndant Peg Count Dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 DTF105 Dis play of Rout e Peg Count Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568 DTF201 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 21

    LIST OF FIGURES NDA-24300 Page x Issue 1 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Pag e Figure 2- 1 Flow of A dministra tive Man agement Proced ures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Figure 2- 2 System Conf iguratio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 22

    NDA-24300 LIST OF FIGURES Page xi Issue 1 LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED) Figure Title Pa g e Figure 4-2 4 CPR Face La yout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Figure 4-2 5 Extractio n of CP R from LP M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 23

    LIST OF FIGURES NDA-24300 Page xi i Issu e 1 LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED) Figure Title Pa g e Figure 6-1 6 Message Format for Station -to-Station Ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 8 Figure 6-1 7 Message Format for Outgoing C all - Fusio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 24

    NDA-24300 LIST OF FIGURES Page xiii Issue 1 LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED) Figure Title Pa g e Figure 8-2 Port Status Report (MG , Unit) Di splay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615 Figure 8-3 Port Status Report (MG , Unit, Group) Display— Designatin g Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 25

    LIST OF TABLES NDA-24300 Page xi v Issu e 1 LIST OF T ABLES T able Title Pa g e Table 2-1 Summa ry of This M anual’s Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Table 2-2 Kinds of Circ uit Car d Front Resta rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 26

    NDA-24300 LIS T OF TABLES Page xv Issue 1 LIST OF T ABLES (CONTINUED) T able Title Pa g e Table 8-5 Internal Route Num ber Exp lanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553 Table 8-6 Route Num ber Expla nation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 27

    LIST OF T AB LES ND A-24 300 Pa g e x v i Issu e 1 This page is for your notes. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 28

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 1 Page 1 Issue 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRO DUCTION 1. GENERAL This man ual descri bes routi ne system maint enance pro cedures and fault repair pro cedures. Thi s chapter e xplains how to follow the manual and provide s precautio ns pertaini ng to main tenance jobs as a whole . Be sure to rea d this cha pter t hor ough ly bef ore sta rti ng ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 29

    CHAPTER 1 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 Issu e 1 INTR ODUCTION • When only the content s of a system message needs to be kno wn, or when a fault is t o be diagnosed from a syst em m ess age • When the range of faulty co nditions has been sp ecif ied and a f aulty c i rcuit car d can be a ssumed • When in vestig ating th e system for t he purp ose of a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 30

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 3 Issue 1 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 1. GENERAL 1.1 Purpose This ch apter expl ain s th e outl ine o f fa ult dia gn osis and dut ies n ecessary t o ma intain t he PBX . 1.2 Administ rative Management Proce dures Figure 2- 1 sho ws the w ork flo w of t he administ rati ve manag ement procedure s. Figure 2-1 Flow o ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 31

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 1.3 Summary of This Manual ’ s Contents T able 2-1 pro vi de s a brief d esc ri pt ion of the co n ten ts fo r each c hapte r in this m an u a l. 2. BASIC KN OWLED GE This secti on identi fi es the informat ion necessary for the system oper ations and mainte nance procedures. 2.1 S ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 32

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 5 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.1 System Configur ation Figure 2 -2 sho ws the sys tem conf iguration of the f ully e xpanded 4-IMG t ype. F or detai ls on e ach modul e accommodati on, see Fig ure 2-3 th rough Figur e 2-5 . Figure 2-2 System Configuration TOPU PIM3 PIM2 FANU PIM1 PIM0 LPM BASEU FRONT VIEW IMG0 TOP ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 33

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figu re 2-3 Fa ce La yout of IMG0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 04 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 34

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 7 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figu re 2-4 Fa ce La yout of IMG1 00 00 01 01 02 02 03 03 04 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 23 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 TSWM PIM 0 PIM 1 FA N U PIM 2 PIM 3 T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 35

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2-5 Face La yout of IMG2/3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 36

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 9 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.2 Line Equipment Number s (LENS) The Line Equipment Numbers (LENS) a re used to specif y the location of a circ uit (trunk/por t) in an y of the PIM uni ve rsal slot s. Refer to the f igures in th is secti on, and conf irm the LENS format used in the syste m. As sho wn in Figure 2-6 , ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 37

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 1 0 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 2.2.2 Uni t Figure 2- 8 , which repre sents a fully e xpanded system, e xplains the Unit (U) number s . The numbers range f rom 0 t o 3, a nd each u nit r epresent s th e PI M uni vers al sl ots, No. 04-12 (U 0/ 2) or No. 15-23 (U 1/3). Figu re 2 -8 Unit Number Allocations FRONT VI ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 38

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 11 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.2.3 Gr oup The Group (G) numbers are allocated as sh own in F igure 2-9 . A tot al of tw o Groups are assigned on each uni ver sal slot s within the PIM. S lot numbers 10, 11, 12, 21, 22, 23 ca n contain a total of four Groups as an except ion. Figure 2-9 Gr oup Number Allocations A ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 39

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 1 2 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 2.2.4 Le vel Figure 2- 10 exp l ains the Lev el (Lv) numbers. The r e are a total of eight Le vels (Lv0 - Lv7) on ev ery Group number , which ranges from 00 to 31 . Figure 2- 10 Level Number Allocations A total of eight Leve ls (Lv 0 - Lv7) can be assigned on eac h Grou p. Group Le ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 40

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 13 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.3 Local P artition (LP) Number The L ocal Par tition (LP) n umb er re fers to a logic al lo cal pr oce ssor n umb er , theore tic ally as sig ned fo r each IMG tha t consis ts of fo ur (or l ess) Por t Inter face Modu les (PIM). Though the lo cal proce ssor does not actual ly e xist ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 41

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 1 4 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 2.4 System Messages System messages display during ro utine di agnosis, system o peration status cont rolling , and faul t occurre nce. Figure 2- 12 sho ws an e xample of a syst em message. Refe r to Chapter 3 for d etail s on eac h messa ge. Figure 2 -12 Sy stem Message Ex ample ( ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 42

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 15 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.5 F ault Detecting Funct ion The syste m f in ds a f ault b y its f aul t dete cting c ircui t and th e f aul t detec ting progr am. Once a f a ult occ urs, the sy ste m in itia tes a r em edial act ion su ch as sy stem cha ngeover , ma ke-busy se ttin g, o r res tar t proc ess ing b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 43

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 1 6 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2 -14 F ault Dete ction Block Diagram TSW /INT LC/TRK MUX CPU EMA PWR DLKC GT To MA T , Printer, etc . Alarm Lamps on TOPU Thermal Reed Relay TSW M RDY Clo ck etc . Howler Ringing Circuit Fault Not e PWR Supply Failure, Fuse Blown Ready IOC Symbols : Circuit Card : M ain fa ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 44

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 17 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE (a) Main F aults F aults that may occur in the system can be gener ally cat egor ized int o Processo r System F ault, Speec h Pat h System F ault, Line/T runk Faul t, etc. • Processor Syst em Fault The CPU alarm detec ti ng circuit contin uously monitors whether the CPU is w ork ing ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 45

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 1 8 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE 2.6 Range of Faul ts Specification (1) U pon recei ving a fault report from a stati on user or an oper ator , the techni cian can ass ume a fault y card ex ists if the ran ge to be af fect ed by the faul t can be determ ined. Fo r the deta iled procedu re, refer to Chap- ter 5 . Us ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 46

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 19 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figure 2 -15 G eneral S ystem Block Diagram CPU 0 To M U X To MU X To MU X ( IMG2) To MUX (IM G2) To MU X ( IMG3) To MUX (IM G3) IMG0 TSWM LPM M ISC I/ O BUS MISC I/O BUS MISC I/ O BUS 01 E1/DS1 with Fusion Link E1/DS1 with Fusion Link SERI AL BUS PM B US PM B US PM B US PM B US PM BU ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 47

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 0 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2-16 CP U Controlling Bl o ck Diagram LPM EMA IOC / MISC ISAGT 0 LANI PWR PWR CPU 0 MEMORY PCI BUS ISA BUS CPU board CPR CPU clock CPR (ST -BY) Reset Signal MISC BUS MISC BUS ISAGT 1 T M T LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 48

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 21 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figure 2-16 CPU Controlling Blo ck Diagram (Conti nued) LPM EMA IOC / MISC ISAGT 0 LANI PWR PWR CPU 0 MEMORY PCI BUS ISA BUS CPU board CPR CPU clock CPR (ST -BY) Reset Signal MISC BUS MISC BUS ISAGT 1 T M T LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 49

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 2 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2-1 7 Sp eech Path Block Diagram IMG 0 TSW 02 To IMG2 TSWM TSW 00 TSW/INT MUX 003 MUX 002 MUX 001 MUX 000 PIM 3 LC/TRK MUX Symbo ls : Sp eech Path : Circuit Card (active) TSW: PH -SW12 MUX: PH-P C36 LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 2 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 1 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 50

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 23 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figure 2-17 Speech Path Block Di ag ram (Continued) IMG 2 TSW 00 To IMG0 TSWM TSW 02 TSW/INT MUX 023 MUX 022 MUX 021 MUX 020 PIM 3 LC/TRK MUX Symbols : Speec h P ath : Circuit Card (A ctive) TSW : PH- SW1 2 MUX: PH-PC 3 6 LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 2 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 1 LC/TR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 51

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 4 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2-18 Spee ch Path Range of Fault MUX A fault within this r ange affects this module. 32ch A fault within this range affects the circuit card. A fault within this r ange affect s two slots. PIM 3 A fault within this r ange affects this module. 32ch A fault within this range a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 52

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 25 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 2.7 Explanat ion of Terms • C-Level Infinite L o o p The program rep eatedly ex ecutes specif ic routines due to a fault of th e main memory , data des t ructi on, etc. The progr am is not a ble to b e proces se d normall y . This f ault y condi tion i s refe rred t o as Progr am Inf ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 53

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 6 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE • PM (Li ne/Trunk Ca rd) M ake-Bu sy Re start In this p rocessing , the fau lty PM (Line/ T runk Card) is isolat ed from the s ystem and, at the sa me time, the c alls as socia ted wi th th at fau lty PM (Lin e/Trunk Card ) ar e relea sed . N o ca lls re late d t o the faul ty PM ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 54

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 27 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figu re 2-19 3M ® M odel 8 012 P o rt able Field Ser vice Kit Figure 2-20 How to Hold a Circuit Ca rd Wrist Strap Place the Circuit Card on a conductive sheet. Connect ground wire to the Earth terminal of the Module Group. Note: 3M  is a r e gister ed trademark o f Minnesota Mining ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 55

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 2 8 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE (3) When a circuit card appears to be fault y, check the followin g items before r eplacing it with a spare: (a) Poor c onnector contact at the circui t card may be resp onsible for the fault. Repeat inser t ion and ex - tract ion of the circu it card a fe w times. Clean the connec ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 56

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 29 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE (4) H o w to clean the connector port ion (gold-plated ter mina l ): (a) Dip th e gold-plated terminal po rtion in the c leaning fluid for 3 to 5 seconds (only P A-XX type circ uit car d) , as sh own in Figure 2- 22 . Figure 2-22 H ow to Clean the Connector Po rtion Note 1: Som e of th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 57

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 3 0 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE • The follo wing is an exam ple where the fault w as reco v ered af te r the replacement of circ uit card s: (8) Whe n a fau lt recovery is com plet ed, u se th e RA LM co mman d to c lear a ll th e alar m ind ica tions and re gistered sys tem messages. If r equired, restor e tem ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 58

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 31 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE STEP 5 Perform the work indicat ed by (8), and if the result of the work is the same as the statu s indi- cated , the fa ult is indic ated by (9). If the fau lt rep air wo rk ind icat ed by (9 ) aff ects anoth er nor- mal l ine, re chec k t he wor k a s indicat ed by (10). (b) Fault Re ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 59

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 3 2 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE Figure 2- 24 Diagnostic Wo rk Items an d Symbols Ex amp le FAULT SUPERVISION START END When FAULT Secti on No. (1) : It is the fau lt of Perform (3) (4) When (5) (2) When FAULT Secti on No. : It is the fau lt of (7) When (8) with performed FAU LT Secti on No. : (9) CHECK OF WORK (6 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 60

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 33 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE Figure 2-2 5 Recov ery Procedure Example 4. REPOR TING FAULT TO NEC When the caus e of a fault is uncerta in, make note of the situat ion invol ved and repor t it to NEC. When for - warding faul ty circ uit cards to NEC, exe rc ise cautio n to protect from static e l e ctrici ty. 4.1 F ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 61

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 3 4 Issu e 1 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OUTLINE • Histo ry o f fa ult When did th e fau lt occu r? What kind of repair procedur e has b een execute d? D oes the faul t s till e xist or no t exist? etc . • Range of f ault Range of f ault shoul d be reported: Single line? , Specif ic trunk? , Specif ic circuit card?, Specif ic ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 62

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 2 Page 35 Issue 1 SYSTEM MAINTENAN CE OUTLINE 4.2 Forwar ding F aulty Cir cuit Card Method Send t he fa ulty ci rcuit ca rd to t he N EC agent t o whom a req uest is made for a replaceme nt card. A dhere to th e following pr ocedure f or s endi ng the faul ty c ircui t car d: (1) Ins ert c onne cto r covers o nto t he c ircui t ca ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 63

    CHAPTER 2 ND A-24300 Pa g e 3 6 Issu e 1 This page is for your notes. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 64

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 37 Issue 1 CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM MESS A GES This ch apter expl ains how to read and ana lyze sy stem message s displayed du ring routine diag n osis, syst em op- erati on status cont rolling, a nd occurren ce of a fault withi n the system. Ta b l e 3 - 1 provi des a list of system mes- sages . T able 3-1 S ystem Messages Lis t M ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 65

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 3 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES 3-B C-Le vel Inf inite Loop (Permanent) 3-C C-Le vel Inf inite Loop (T emporary) 3-D Lock-Up F ailure (Permanent) 3-E Lock-Up Fa i lure ( T emporary) 3-F -48V Ov er Curr ent 3-G Groun d Fai lure 3-H Digital Lin e W arning 3-I Digital Line Failure 3-J Digital Lin e Restore 4-C Both TSW Read ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 66

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 39 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES 7-B System Initi alize 7-C CPU MB R K ey T urn ON 7-D CPU MB R K ey T urn OFF 7-E T SW MB R Key T urn ON 7-F TSW MBR K e y T urn OFF 7-G TSW PLO Key T urn ON 7-H TSW PLO Key T urn OFF 7-I ALMC MB K ey T urn ON 7-J ALMC MB Ke y T ur n OFF 7-K PM MB Key Turn O N 7-L P M MB Key Tur n OFF 7-M NCU MB ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 67

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES 13-P Digital Line Restore 13-Q DR U Battery Operatio n 13-R DR U Line Operation 13-Z Po wer Failure 15-A VPS F ailure (T emporary) 15-B VPS Failur e (P erman ent) 15-C VPS R estore 16-A Ins ide T runk Al l Busy 16-B V i rtu a l Tie Line Se t Repo rt 16-C V irtu al Tie Li ne Ca ncel R epor ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 68

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 41 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES Note 1: Ref er to F usi o n Net w ork Sy ste m Ma nua l. Note 2: Refer to th e manual r elated t o A TM. Note 3: Refer to W ir eless Syst em Manual. Note 4: Refer to the manual rel ated to O AI. 23-L A TM Interface Recov ered Note 2 23-P DCH Back-Up Auto matic Change S tart/End 23-Q DCH Back-Up ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 69

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This mess ag e di sp lay s whe n th e pr o cess o r is rese t due to a fa il ure in th e sy st e m. ➀ Self-CPU Rest art Infor mation ➁ Mate- CPU Restart I nformat ion (FF H: not mounted) ➂ Relat ed-call Release Result Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 a nd Section 6.3 , for th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 70

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 43 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES ➃ Data Load Resul t after re start processi ng Note 1: Phase 1 Rest art is e xecute d when initia lizing th e system without dis r upting the following two- way connecti ons that have alr eady been establ ish ed: • Basic two-way conn ect ions (STN-STN, STN-TRK, TRK-TRK) • F ixed connect io ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 71

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This message dis plays when a fa ult has occur red to the cloc k oscillator in the CPU. ➀ Self-CPU Rest art Infor mation ➁ Male- CPU R estar t Infor matio n (FF H: not mounted) ➂ Rela ted C all In fo rmati on Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 , for the rep air proce dur e. 1: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 72

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 45 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES C-level infinit e loop is a state wher e a clock- level pro gram, running unde r clock interr upt disabl e state, i s in an infi nite lo op. This message di splays when the c ounter val ue to che ck the normalit y of the p rocessin g has become abnormal . ➀ Self-C PU Re sta rt Info rmat ion af ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 73

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES ➃ System Cont rollin g Port B ➄ CPU Alarm ➅ CPU Changeover Fac tors ➆ Syst em A LM ➇ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b0: 0/1 = Timer 2 Gate ON/OFF b1: 0/1 = Speaker Gate O N/OFF b2 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 74

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 47 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES This messa ge dis plays when a CPU memory re ad/write error occurs. ➀ Inform ation on Self -CPU Restart after det ection of a cl ock fau lt ➁ Mate-CPU Res tart Info rmation ➂ NMI Factor Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 , for the rep air proce dur e. 0-F Memory Failure 1: XXXX XXXX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 75

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 4 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES ➃ System Cont rollin g Port B ➄ CPU Alarm ➅ CPU Changeover Fac tors ➆ Syst em A LM ➇ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b0: 0/1 = Timer 2 Gate ON/OFF b1: 0/1 = Speaker Gate O N/OFF b2: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 76

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 49 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES This messa ge dis plays when a B-leve l infinite lo op failure occu rs. ➀ Inform ation on Self -CPU Restart after det ection of a cl ock fau lt ➁ Mate-CPU Res tart Info rmation ➂ B-level I nfinite Loop ➃ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 , for the r ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 77

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 5 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This message displays when, in the CPU program proc essing, the counter value to ch eck the norm ality o f the process ing has bec ome abnormal. ➀ Self-CPU Rest art Infor mation ➁ Mate- CPU R estar t Infor matio n (FF H: not mounted) ➂ ➃ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 78

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 51 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES This message displays when a fault, such as the Clock down or C-level infin ite loop erro r, has occu rred. ➀ Mate-CPU Res tart Info rmation Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 a nd Section 6.3 , for the r epair pro ced ur e. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 79

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 5 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This message dis plays when t he system is int errupti ng abnormall y in the pr ocessing . ➀ Self-CPU Rest art Infor mation ➁ Mate- CPU R estar t Infor matio n (FF H: not mounted) ➂ ➃ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 6.2 a nd Section 6.3 , for th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 80

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 53 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES This message display s when link inf ormation cann ot be written in to the switch memory of the TSW in both systems. ➀ TSW sys tem in wh ich a fau lt is detected ➁ Status a t the time o f fault de tection ➂ Data Analyzed b y NEC Engine ers Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 5.3 , for the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 81

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 5 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This me ssage dis plays when l i n k information cannot be wr itten i nto the swi t ch memor y of the TSW card in one of the dual sys tems. ➀ TSW system in whic h a fault is detected ➁ Status a t the time o f fault de tection ➂ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: See Chap ter ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 82

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 55 Issue 1 SYSTEM M ESSA GES This me ssage displa ys when the li nk informatio n cannot be writ ten into the swi tch memory of th e TSW in both systems. ➀ TSW sys tem in wh ich a fau lt is detected ➁ ➂ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 5.2 a nd Section 6.2 , for the r epair pro ced u ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 83

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 5 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS AGES This messa ge dis play s when the link info rmat ion cannot be writt en in to the switch mem ory of the TSW card in one o f the dual systems. ➀ TSW system in whic h a fault is detected ➁ Status a t the time o f fault de tection ➂ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers Referenc e: See Chap t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 84

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 57 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displays when the sys tem detects a clock failure, su ch as TSW interna l clock down or Frame Head down, in both systems. ➀ TSW card in whic h a fault is dete cted ➁ Clock stat us of No. 0 TSW ➂ Clock stat us of No. 1 TSW Note: Refer t o the meaning o f ➁ . Referenc e: Se ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 85

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 5 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messag e displays when the sys tem detects a clock failure, su ch as TSW interna l clock down or Frame Head down, in one of the du al sys t ems. ➀ TSW card in wh ich a fault is detected ➁ Clock stat us of No. 0 TSW ➂ Clock stat us of No. 1 TSW Note: Refer t o the meaning o f ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 86

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 59 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message displays when the s ystem dete cts a fault, such as input cl ock al l down or ou tput clock d own in the PL O cards, at both sides . ➀ Detected PLO number ➁ V alid Informa tion bit fo r Scan Data 1 ➂ V alid Info rmatio n bit for Scan Data 2 Referenc e: See Chap ter 4 , Secti ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 87

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➃ Scan Dat a 1: Curre nt Status of PLO card ➄ Scan Dat a 2: Curre nt Status of PLO card b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b4 b1 b0 b0: Clock status at time of detection 0/1 = STBY/A CT b1: Circuit Card status at time of detection 0/1 = PLO synchroni zi ng / PLO sel f runn ing or dri ft abno ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 88

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 61 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displays when the syst em detects all the fa ilures co ncerned with input clock do w n or output clock down in th e PLO card at the ACT side. When this mess age is indicat ed, the PLO card chan geov er executes. Note: The No. 0 PLO car d automatical ly ch anges o ver to No. 1. Th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 89

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➃ Scan Data 1: St atus of PLO card ➄ Scan Data: St atus of PLO card b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b4 b1 b0 b0: Clock status at time of detection 0/1 = STBY/A CT b1: Circuit card at t ime of detection 0/1 = PLO synchr onizi ng / PLO sel f runn in g or dri fti ng b2: 0/1 = -/Input clock d ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 90

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 63 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge displays when a f ault of t he speech pa th system ha s occurred in a speci fic Module Group. Th e specif ic Module Gro up is placed int o make-busy s tate. ➀ MG number of fault det ection ➁ Kind of fa ilure ➂ Speech Path/ Clock Syste m Referenc e: See Chap ter 4 , Section ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 91

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge dis pla ys when the chan geov er of the TSW system is exec ute d. ➀ ACT side Sp eech Path ( TSW) after changeover ➁ Reason for ch angeover 1: XXXX 0000 XXXX XXXX 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 XXXX XXXX ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ➇ ➈ ➉ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 92

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 65 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➂ ~ ➅ Status of A CT side TSW card ➆ ~ ➉ Status of ST -BY side TSW card b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b0-b3, b 4-b7: The status of TSW car d in each MG (00~07 ) 0000 = Normal 0001 = Abnormal ( Impossible to make link s) ➂ MG00 MG01 ➃ MG02 MG03 ➄ MG04 MG05 ➅ M ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 93

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage dis plays when DLKC da ta trans fer failur e (tempor ary), shown i n message [ 1-V ], occ urs more than 16 times an hour. At this t ime, the f aulty DLKC ca rd is down and its switchin g network a utomaticall y chang es over. ➀ S y s t e m s t a t u s o f f a u l t y D L K ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 94

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 67 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age displays w h en a data sen ding err or or no answer e r ror occurs a t the t ime of da ta tra nsfer f rom CPU to DLKC card. ➀ S y s t e m s t a t u s o f f a u l t y D L K C c a r d ➁ Error Code ➂ Detail s on Sw itch ing Netw ork Note: This data display s when the STBY DLKC ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 95

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 6 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge dis plays when a fail ure such as i nte rnal clock do wn occurr ed to PLO is restored. ➀ Restorat ion of PLO fault ➁ Current St atus of PLO card ➂ Current St atus of PLO card 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 96

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 69 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age displays w h en a C- level p rogram abno rmal sta te is d etected as permane nt. When the Port Mi- croproc essor ( PM) on an LC/TRK c ard detects t he abnor mal sta te, the PM plac es the c ard int o make-b usy sta - tus. If th e fail ure occur s more tha n 15 times an hou r, th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 97

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 7 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messag e displays when C-leve l program is de tected as ab normal by the Por t Microproc essor (PM) mount- ed on a n LC/T RK card. If the f ailure o ccurs le ss than 15 time s/hour , and a B- moni tor/Init ial res tart exe cutes as the r esult, t he failur e is judg ed as temporary a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 98

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 71 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES At the p eriodic interval, the CPU sends diag nosis data to the Port Micr oprocesso r (PM) on LC/TRK card s in order to moni tor the PM. If the CPU cannot r ec ei ve the ret urn data within a pre determine d period of time, the system d i spla ys this data. When the failure is dete cted more t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 99

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 7 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES At the p eriodic interval, the CPU sends diag nosis data to the Port Micr oprocesso r (PM) on LC/TRK card s in order to moni tor the PM. If the CPU cannot r ec ei ve the ret urn data within a pre determine d period of time, the system dis plays this data. When th e failure is detecte d le ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 100

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 73 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age displ ays whe n over curre nt of the o perat ing powe r (DC-4 8V) is sup plied from t he ATI/ ELC cir - cuit ca rd to the A t ten da nt C on s ol e/D term . W hen t his faul t o c cur s, t he r ela te d ci rc uit card i s p l ace d in to mak e- busy sta te and stops supplying p o ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 101

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 7 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message display s when a wire of the line between the LC circuit car d and the telepho ne set is short - circui ted with g round. ➀ Loca tio n of f aul ty cir cui t ca rd ➁ Loca tio n of f aul ty cir cui t ca rd Note: This mess a g e displays when the specif ic LC car d p rovidin ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 102

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 75 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message displays when the DTI card detects an abnormal state of a digital line but this failure has no in- flue nce o n the sp eec h path . W hen t he s tatu s w ors ens, t he s ystem i ssues [ 3-I ] Digi tal Line Failur e message. ➀ Location of PM (LENS) with a fault ➁ Kind of fa ult ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 103

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 7 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge d ispla ys af ter [ 3-H ] Dig ital L ine War ning la sts in the D TI card over t he part icu lar tim e. This failur e may cause a speech p ath fa ult to the DTI card. ➀ Location of faulty PM ➁ Kind of fa ult ➂ Locatio n of fau lty circui t card (T his data is val id wh ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 104

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 77 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis plays when a digital li ne fault is restored. ➀ Location of faulty li ne 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 9: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 105

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 7 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messag e displays when a Ready Fai lure occur s in both syst ems as a result of the TSW card havi ng a failure or the car d is not mounted properly. ➀ Unit and MG number of f ault dete ction Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 5.3 , for the rep air proce dur e. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 106

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 79 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age di splays when a Ready Failure occ urs in one of the dual syste ms because the TSW ca rd fa il s or the car d is not mounted properly . ➀ Unit and MG number of f ault dete ctio n Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 5.4 , for the rep air proce dur e. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 107

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when I /O Ready Fail ure occur s on a DLKC car d. ➀ Details on f aulty DLKC card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 108

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 81 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age disp lay s whe n th e MUX (PH -P C36) car d has a Rea dy Fa ilur e in on e of the dual sy stem s. When the card is not ready fo r service function be cause of t he failur e or because the card is not mount ed properly, the syst em creates this message . ➀ Unit and MG number for ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 109

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age displa ys when the MUX (PH-PC36) card has a Ready Fail ure in both of the dual systems. Whe n the card is not ready fo r service function be cause of t he failur e or because the card is not mount ed properly, the syst em create s this system mes sage. ➀ Unit and MG number ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 110

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 83 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when a PCI c ard failure oc curs. ➀ F ault detec tion on PCI card ➁ Erro r statu s on PC I slot 0 ➂ Erro r statu s on PC I slot 1 ➃ Not used 1: 0X0X 0X0X 0X00 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 111

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ Erro r statu s on PC I slot 3 Note 1: Physical Conn ection Err or • Ethernet ca ble is disconnec te d. • Ethernet ca ble has short-cir cuit ed. • Ethernet st r aight/cr oss cable selectio n err or Note 2: Har dwar e F ault • T rans mitter f ailur e • Contr oller l oc k-up b7 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 112

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 85 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays wh en the PCI ca rd, which was detected as fault y, is rec overed. ➀ Dete ction of PCI rest orati on ➁ Details on er ror restorati on (PCI slot 0) ➂ Details on er ror restorati on (PCI slot 1) ➃ Not used 1: 0X0X 0X0X 0X00 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 113

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ Details on er ror restorati on (PCI slot 3) Note: Physical Connectio n Err or • Ethernet ca ble is disconnec te d. • Ethernet ca ble has short-cir cuit ed. • Ethernet st r aight/cr oss cable selectio n err or b7 b0 b0: 0/1 = -/Physical con necti on error rest orat ion Note ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 114

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 87 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis plays when any of the followin g faults are det ected: • Power failur e • Fus e bl owing • In-Frame abnormal temperature ➀ Prob abl e ca use f or failur e ➁ Fram e in whic h a fault i s d etecte d ➂ F actor of f ailure Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 8 , f or ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 115

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 8 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age di spl ays w hen a fau lt in eith e r the ringe r or ho wl er ton e occur s in t he P WR car d . ➀ Unit and MG number of f ault dete ction ➁ Kind of fa ult 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 116

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 89 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displ ays when the CPU usage (occupa ncy) rat e excee ds the val ue assigned to ASYD, SYS1, In- dex 56 , and the call origi nation from the pre-sele cted gr oup of stat ions is re strict ed (i.e., Line Load Cont rol i s set). This sys tem message is always ind icated as 0. 1: 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 117

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 9 0 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage disp lays when t he CPU usage (occupancy ) rate becomes lo w er than the value assig ned to ASYD, SYS1, Index 57, an d Line Load Control is cancelled. This system message is always indicated as 0. 1: 0000 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 4: 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 118

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 91 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message d isplays t o indica te the result of Bad Cal l Notifi cation. ➀ When type of connec t ion is Stat ion connecti on ➁ - ➃ Station number (see t able) ➄ The call ed st ation numb er 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 119

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 9 2 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➅ - ➇ Called st ation number (See table ) ➈ T ime Slot Number of Link 1 ➉ Not used T ime Sl ot Nu mb er of L ink 2 Not used When type of connecti on is T runk connectio n ➁ - ➃ Station numb er (See tabl e) ➄ Remote Route No. ➅ Remote Route No. b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 120

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 93 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➆ Called T runk No. ➇ Not used ➈ T ime Slot Number of Link 1 ➉ Not used T ime Sl ot Nu mb er of L ink 2 Not used b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b0-b7: T runk No. 11 12 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 121

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 9 4 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES When type of connecti on is A CD T runk connection ➁ A CD T rouble Kind Note 1: When “(A CD T r ouble Kind)” is 0 1 Hex : ➂ - ➅ Inform ati on on Calli ng P a rty (a) Sta tion (b) T ru nk My Line No. Route No. + T runk No. ➆ ➇ Not Used ➈ ➉ Inform at ion on Calling Par t y ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 122

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 95 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES Note 4: When “(A CD T r ouble Kind)” is 2 4 or 99 H ex: ➂ ~ ➅ Not used ➆ ➇ Error Counter Note 5: When “(A CD T r ouble Kind)” is 3 0 Hex : ➂ ~ ➅ Poin ter A ddr ess ➆ Not used ➇ Error Kin d Note 6: When “(A CD T r ouble Kind)” is 3 3 Hex : ➂ ACDP Data Memory 00 = U ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 123

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 9 6 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age disp lays to indic ate th e resu lt of a designat ed connec tion te st (Ind ividual Trunk Acces s) from a stat ion. ➀ T est Item (b0-b3 is valid onl y for Outgoing tr unk test) 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX 00XX XXXX XXXX 3: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 124

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 97 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➁ ➂ - ➄ Station number of tes ting s tation (see tabl e) ➅ Te n a n t N o . ➆ OP TN data b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b0-b3: Number of digits of the testin g statio n No. b4-b7: Error Numbers (see table b elow) Error Numbers and The ir Meanings ERROR NO . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 125

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 Pa g e 9 8 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➇ T ested Route No. Note: When Logi cal Rou tes ar e assig ned, Logical Route Nu mbers ar e displaye d he re . ➈ OPR T data Note: When Logi cal Rou tes ar e assig ned, Logical Route Nu mbers ar e displaye d he re . ➉ (This data is not for Ringi ng Signal Te s t ) Digit of Dia led Nu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 126

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 99 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when a cal l te rminates t o the Emergency Tel ephone. ➀ - ➅ Ca lled Stat ion (Em ergency T elephone) No. (ASCII Code ) ➆ - Ca llin g Sta tion No. (AS CII Code) 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ➇ ➈ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 127

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 100 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he LCR-Att endant Manual Overrid e is set at th e Attendan t Desk Cons ole. ➀ Route Sel ection T ime Pattern No. assigned at Attendant Desk Console Note: Route Selection T ime P attern 0-7 cor responds to TDPTN No. 0-7 in th e AOPR command. 1: XX00 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 128

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 101 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age disp lays when th e LCR-Att endant Manual Overr ide i s canc elle d at the At tendan t Desk Consol e. ➀ Susp ension of Emer gency Control Note: Route Selecti on P attern s 0-7 corr esponds to TDPTN No. 0-7 i n the AOPR command. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 129

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 102 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message displays when the s ystem dete cts abnormal duration in the l ine conne ction betw een the c allin g and call ed party. Wh en the call ing and call ed party es tablish a line conn ection and continue th e hook-up for an extremel y short or long per iod of time (pre determine ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 130

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 103 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES When calling party i s A TTCON/DESKCON Attendan t/Desk conso l e No. (See table .) When calling party i s T runk Route No. and T runk No. (See table .) Note: Route No. (a) Route No. (b) ➃ Called party information b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b7 b3 b2 b1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 131

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 104 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ Calle d Party Inform at ion Station t o Station Call OG Cal l to outs ide ( IC C all from o utsid e) b4-b7 b0-b3 (a) Te n a n t N o . Te n a n t N o . DC0 DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5 (a) T ype of calle d party 00 = St ation 01 = At tendant Console b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b0-b7 Route No . (Hex ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 132

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 105 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message disp lays when the SMDR outpu t buffer usag e rate has excee ded the value as signed to ASYD, SYS1, Index 2 49. ➀ Detail Inf orma tion (a) FS = 0, FE = 0/1 ➁ 1: XXXX XXXX 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 133

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 106 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➂ Buf fer Usage Rat e Assigned by ASYD, SYS1, Inde x 249 ➃ Buf fer Usage Rat e Assigned by ASYD, SYS1, Inde x 250 (b) FS = 1, FE = 0 ➁ ➂ Overfl ow Rate ➃ Overfl ow Rate b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b2 b1 b0 b7 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b0 b0-b3: Units b4-b7: T ens b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 134

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 107 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES (c) FS = 2, FE = 0 ➁ SMDR Group No. ➂ Port No. ➃ Not used (d) FS = 3, FE = 0 ➁ b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b0-b3: SMDR Group No. to which failure occurred b0-b7: Port No. allocated for SMDR Group to which fail ure occurred (0-7) b0-b3: SMDR Group N o. to w ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 135

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 108 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage dis plays when t he SMDR outp ut buffer usage ra te has been lower ed to les s than the value as- signed i n the ASYD, SYS1, In dex 250 after the ra te exceeds t he value a ssigned by Index 249. ➀ Detai l Info rmat ion 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 136

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 109 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age di spl ay s af te r the o f f ice da ta is lo a ded an d sys te m in i tial i z atio n has exec u ted. ➀ ➁ Load St atus 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 137

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 110 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES Note 1: Phase1 Res tart is ex ecuted when in itiali zing the system without d isrupting the following two- way con- nection s that have al r eady been est ablished: • Basic two-way con nect ions (STN-STN, STN-TRK, TRK-TRK) • F ixed connect ions • T wo-way connections established on ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 138

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 111 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message d isplays wh en system initia lizati on is act ivated. ➀ Note: Phase1 Res tart is e xecuted when ini tializ ing the s ystem without di srupting the foll owing two-way connecti ons that have alr eady been establ ish ed: • Basic two-way con nect ions (STN-STN, STN-TRK, TRK-TRK) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 139

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 112 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message displays when the MBR swit ch on the GATE card is turned ON at the time of CPU changeove r or speec h path changeove r. ➀ Self-CP U Res tart in form atio n ➁ Mate -CPU Restart i nformation 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 140

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 113 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis pla ys wh en the MB R swit ch o n the GA TE car d is tu rned OFF at th e tim e of CPU chan geov er or speec h path changeove r. ➀ Self -CPU Restart in formation ➁ Mate- CPU Rest art in for mation 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 141

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 114 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messag e displays when the M BR switch on the TSW card is tu rned ON at CPU changeo ver or speec h path chang eover. ➀ Syste m status of TSW card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 142

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 115 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge displays when th e MBR switch on the TSW card i s turned OFF at CPU changeov er or speech path cha ngeover. ➀ Syste m status of TSW card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 143

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 116 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age disp l ays when the PL O M BR sw i tch is tu rn ed O N (UP) . ➀ Informa tio n on PLO MBR operati on 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 144

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 117 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he PLO MBR swit ch is turned O FF (DOWN). ➀ Informa tio n on PLO MBR operati on 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 145

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 118 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he MB switch o n t he EMA card i s turned ON whi le extract ing or inse rting a circu it c ard or a t P M in itia lizati on. T his m essa ge dis plays w ith th e [ 7-J ]: ALMC MB Key Turn OFF message. ➀ Frame No. and its kind 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 146

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 119 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This me ssage dis plays when t he MB switc h on the EMA ca rd is tur ned OFF while e xtracting or i nserting a circu it ca rd or at PM i nitializ at ion. ➀ Frame No. and its kind 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 147

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 120 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age disp lays when t he MB switch on the line/t run k card is tu rned ON while ext ract ing or ins erti ng a circu it ca rd or at PM i nitializ at ion. ➀ Lo cation of fault y Line/T runk card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 148

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 121 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This me ssage disp lays when th e MB switch on th e line/t runk card i s turned OFF while ex trac ting or inser ting a ci rcuit card o r at PM initia lization. ➀ Locat ion of fau lty Line/T runk ca rd 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 149

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 122 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message displa ys when the MB switch on the PFT car d is turned ON while extrac ting or inser ting a circ uit card, or a t PM in itiali zati on. ➀ F aulty PFT card No. ➁ Location of faulty PFT car d 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 150

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 123 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displays when the MB swit ch on the PFT card is tur ned OFF whi le ex tra c ting or insert ing a c i r - cuit card , or at PM in itia liza tio n. ➀ F aulty PFT card No. ➁ Location of faulty PFT car d 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 151

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 124 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES In a sp ecifi c time cy cle, the system allows a routine diagno sis in i ts hardwa re and so ftware to dete rmine i f they are opera tin g pr ope rly. Th is messa ge indi cates that the system has be en checked by the routine dia gnosis pro- gram and the res ult of the diagnosis is normal ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 152

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 125 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [00H] Routine Diagnosis Sta rt ➀ Perf orme d D iag nosis Ite m ➁ Pending Diagnosis Menu (SYS1 , Inde x 89) ➂ Pending Diag nosis Menu (SYS1, Inde x 90) 1: 00XX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 153

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 126 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [10H] Pr ogram Memory V erifi cation Normal End ➀ Routin e Diagnosis ➁ Infor mation on HD ➂ V erif icati on of Dri ve Number 1: 10XX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 154

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 127 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [20H] Data Memory V erif ic at ion Normal End ➀ Routin e Diagnosis ➁ V e rificati on of HD ➂ V erif icati on of Data Memory 1: 20XX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 155

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 128 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [30H] TSW A CT/STBY Changeover Normal End ➀ Routin e Diagnosis ➁ Active TSW s yst em a fter chan geover 1: 30XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 156

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 129 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [40H] CPU A CT/STBY Changeo v er Normal End ➀ Rout ine Diagn osis ➁ Acti ve CPU system 1: 40XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 9: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 157

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 130 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [50H] No T runk Ineffecti ve Hold ➀ Rout ine Diagn osis ➁ MG and Unit of No. of T runk Ineffective Hold 1: 50XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 158

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 131 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [70H] Call F orwarding Memo ry Clear Normal End ➀ Routin e Diagnosis 1: 7000 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 9: 0000 0000 0000 0000 [70H] Call ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 159

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 132 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [A0H ] Perio dic B ack- up Norm al ➀ Routine Diagnosis ➁ Infor mation on Peri odic Backup Normal End ➂ Backup Data to No. 0 system ➃ Backup Data to No. 1 system Note: Number Sharing data l oad also affects the data l oad of D ual Stat ion C alling Over-FC CS. 1: A0XX XX00 0000 XX0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 160

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 133 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [C0H] D etect ion of R ema ining Li nk Nor mal End ➀ Per formed Diagnosis Item 1: C0XX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 9: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 161

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 134 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES In a sp ecifi c time cy cle, the system allows a routine diagno sis in i ts hardwa re and so ftware to dete rmine i f they are opera tin g pr ope rly. Th is messa ge indi cates that the system has be en checked by the routine dia gnosis pro- gram and the res ult of the diagnosis is not no ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 162

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 135 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [10H] Pr ogr am Memory V erif ication Discre pancy ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ V e rificati on of HF D num ber ➂ V e rificati on of Dr iv e Num ber ➃ Data anal yzed by NEC Engineer s 1: 1000 XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ 4: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 163

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 136 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [11H] Pr ogram Memory V erifi cation Impossible (HFD F ault) ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ V erif ication Imposs ible of HD ➂ Error T ype ➃ Data anal yzed by NEC Engineer s ➄ Error D riv e 1: 11XX XXXX XXXX 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 164

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 137 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [12H] Pr ogram Memory V erif ication Impossi ble (F ault at CPU s ide) ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ Cause for suspension of Program Memo ry V e rificatio n (Erro r Code ) 1: 12XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 165

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 138 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [20H] Data Memory V erif ic at ion Disc r epancy ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ V e rificati on of HF C ➂ V e rificatio n of Data Mem ory ➃ Data anal yzed by NEC Engineer s 1: 20XX XX00 XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ 4: 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 166

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 139 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [21H ] D ata Me mory V er ificatio n Im pos sib le (HFC Fault) ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ HFC Imposs i ble V eri fi cation ➂ V e rificati on of Data Mem or y ➃ Error T ype ➄ Single Code DM LDM NDM 1: 21XX XX00 XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 167

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 140 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➅ Data anal yzed by NEC Engineer s ➆ Error D riv e Note: When ➃ (Err or T ype) is 00H, ➄ Signal Cod e, ➅ and ➆ Er r or Drive ar e valid. b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b0: 0/1 = - /Drive Number 0 b1: 0/1 = - /Drive Number 1 b2: 0/1 = - /Drive Number 2 b3: 0/1 = - /Drive Number 3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 168

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 141 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [30H] TSW A CT/STBY Changeove r Failure ➀ Detecte d Err or Item ➁ Acti ve TSW No. ➂ - ➅ MUX ca rd (A CT -side ) linka ge conditi on 1: 30XX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ➇ ➈ ➉ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 169

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 142 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➆ - ➉ MUX card (STBY) linkage conditi on b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 ➆ Unit 3 Uni t 2 Unit 1 Unit 0 Unit 3 Uni t 2 U nit 1 Uni t 0 0: - 1: MUX connection error (functiona l fault/not mounted) MG1 MG0 ➇ Unit 3 Uni t 2 Unit 1 Unit 0 Unit 3 Uni t 2 U nit 1 Uni t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 170

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 143 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [31H] TSW A CT/STBY Changeo ve r Failure (MUX Fault) Detected Er ror Item Acti ve TSW No. - MUX card (ACT -sid e) l inkag e condit ion 1: 31XX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 171

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 144 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➆ - ➉ MUX card (STBY) linkage conditi on b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 ➆ Unit 3 Uni t 2 Unit 1 Unit 0 Unit 3 Uni t 2 U nit 1 Uni t 0 0: - 1: MUX connection error (functiona l fault/not mounted) MG1 MG0 ➇ Unit 3 Uni t 2 Unit 1 Unit 0 Unit 3 Uni t 2 U nit 1 Uni t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 172

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 145 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [41H] CPU A CT/STBY Changeo v er Fail ur e ➀ Error d etecti on b y Rout ine Diagnosi s ➁ A C T sy stem aft er c han geover 1: 41XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 173

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 146 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [42H] CPU A CT/STBY Changeo v er Fail ur e (DM V erif ication NG or PM V erifi cat io n NG) ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ A C T sy stem aft er c han geover 1: 42XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 174

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 147 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [43H] CPU A CT/STBY Changeo v er Fail ure (PCI F ault) ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ A C T sy stem aft er c han geover 1: 43XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 175

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 148 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [44H] CPU A CT/STBY Changeo v er F ailure (Chan geover NG or CPU RAM Copy NG) ➀ Error d etecti on b y Rout ine Diagnosi s ➁ A CT system after changeo ver 1: 44XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 176

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 149 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [50H] T runk Ineff ec ti ve Hold Detected ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ LENS of T runk Inef fecti ve Hold (MG, U) ➂ LENS of Inef fecti ve Hold T runk (G, L V) 1: 50XX 00XX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ➀ ➁ ➂ ➂ 4: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 5: XXXX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 177

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 150 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [51H] T runk Ineffec t ive Hold Detecte d and Released ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ LENS of T runk Inef fecti ve Hold Detecte d and Released (MG, U) ➂ LENS of Inef fecti ve Hold T runk (G, L V) 1: 50XX 00XX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ➀ ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 178

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 151 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [52H] T runk Ineffec t ive Hold Detecte d Impossible ➀ Error d etecti on b y Rout ine Diagnosi s ➁ Cause fo r suspended de tection of T runk Inef fecti ve Hold 1: XX00 XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 179

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 152 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [70H] Call F orwarding Me mory Clear NG ➀ Error detectio n by Routine Diagnosi s ➁ Caus e for which T ransfer Memory was stopped 1: 7000 XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 180

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 153 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [A0H] P eriodic Backup Abnor mal End ➀ Error d etecti on b y Rout ine Diagnosi s ➁ Infor mation of Peri odic Backup Abnormal End ➂ Backup Data to No. 0 system ➃ Error Code of No. 0 system HD Note: Number Sharing data l oad also affects the data l oad of D ual Stat ion C alling Over-FC ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 181

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 154 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ Error S tat us of No . 0 s ystem HD ➅ Backup data to No. 1 system ➆ Error Code of No. 1 system HD ➇ Error St atus of No. 1 system HD ➈ Data a nalyzed by NEC Enginee rs ➉ Data a nalyzed by NEC Enginee rs b7 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b3 b2 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 182

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 155 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [C0H] D etect ion of R ema ining Li nk Abn or mal En d ➀ Perf orme d D iag nosis Ite m ➁ ED (Error Data ) 1: C000 XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 183

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 156 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage dis plays when the MB swi tch on the PLO card is turned on while ext racting or inser ting a ci rcuit car d . ➀ F aulty PLO car d No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 184

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 157 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This me ssage displa ys when the MB swit ch on the PLO ca rd is turned off while ext racting or i nserting a ci rcuit car d . ➀ F aulty PLO car d No. ➁ Stat us of PLO card at the time of fai lure detec tion (Scan Dat a 1) ➂ Status of PLO card at the time of fai lure detec tion (Scan Dat ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 185

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 158 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message displays when a clock down failure occ ur s in the CCH/DCH cir cui t card. When this mess age is indicat ed, th e relate d CCH/DCH card is pl aced into m ake-busy stat us . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 186

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 159 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This me ssage di splays when C-level infinit e loop of the Port Microproce ssor (PM) i n the CCH/DCH ci rcuit car d has o ccu rre d . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 187

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 160 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage di splays when C-level infinit e loop of the Port Microproce ssor (PM) i n the CCH/DCH ci rcuit car d has o ccu rre d . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 188

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 161 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message displa ys when a Port Micr oproce ssor (PM) of the CCH/DCH card did not sen d an answer to th e CPU . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 189

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 162 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message displa ys when a Port Micr oproce ssor (PM) of the CCH/DCH card did not sen d an answer to th e CPU . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 190

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 163 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This me ssage di splays when B-level infinit e loop of the Port Microproce ssor (PM) i n the CCH/DCH ci rcuit car d has o ccu rre d . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 191

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 164 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage di splays when B-level infinit e loop of the Port Microproce ssor (PM) i n the CCH/DCH ci rcuit car d has o ccu rre d . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 192

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 165 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displays when a failu re has occurr ed numerous ti mes to a common channel sign aling link and the li nk has been placed into make- busy state . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card ➁ Data Analyze d by NEC Engineers 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 193

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 166 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➂ Prob abl e ca use f or failur e b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b0-b3: See T able. FL T ID CCITT ERR OR FA C T O R 00 A S (F = 1) frame is recei v ed. 01 B DM (F = 1) res ponse is rec ei ved. 02 C U A (F = 1) respons e is recei ved. 03 D U A (F = 0) respons e is recei ved. 04 E DM (F = 0) res ponse i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 194

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 167 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e displays when a failu re has occurr ed numerous ti mes to a common channel sign aling link and the li nk has been placed in to make -busy st ate. Wh en this fa ult las ts over th ree min utes, the system message chang es to [ 13- H ] CCS Link Failure (Per manent) . ➀ Location ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 195

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 168 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➂ Proba ble ca use fo r the fail ure b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b0-b3: See T abl e. FL T ID CCITT ERR OR FA C T O R 00 A S (F = 1) frame is r eceiv e d . 01 B DM (F = 1) r esponse is r eceive d . 02 C U A (F = 1) response is recei ved. 03 D U A (F = 0) response is recei ved. 04 E DM (F = 0) respon ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 196

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 169 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays wh en the fau lts pertai ning to CCIS/ISDN Li nk are restore d to normal . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card ➁ CKT No. of fau lty circu it 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 197

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 170 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message d isplays when a fa ult occurr ed to the Port Micropr ocessor (P M ) within the CCH/DCH circ uit card and the rest art process ing is executed . ➀ Location of faulty CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 198

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 171 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis plays when a dig it al line fail ure occ urs . ➀ Accommodat ed locati on ➁ Kind of F ault 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 199

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 172 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge dis plays when a dig it al line fail ure occ urs . ➀ Accommodat ed locati on ➁ Kind of F ault 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 200

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 173 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis plays when a digital li ne failure is restored to no rmal . ➀ Accommodat ed locati on ➁ Kind of Fa ult 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 201

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 174 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he battery is o perated i n the DRU syst em . ➀ Accommodat ed locati on 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 202

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 175 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis pla ys when the main power of the DRU syste m is restored to normal . ➀ Accommodat ed locati on 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 203

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 176 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays wh en a PWR cir cuit car d failur e is dete cted . ➀ MG No. and Unit No. of f ault detect ion ➁ Kind of Po wer ➂ Loca tio n of fa ulty circ uit card Referenc e: See Chap ter 4 , Section 3.3.3 , for the circuit car d repl acement pro cedure. 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 204

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 177 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when a VPS fa ilure is dete cted . ➀ Prob able cau se f or fail ure ➁ LENS of VPS with the f ailure ➂ LENS of VPS with the f ailure 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 205

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 178 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when a VPS fa ilure is dete cted . ➀ Prob able cau se f or fail ure ➁ LENS of VPS with the f ailure ➂ LENS of VPS with the f ailure 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 206

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 179 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when a VPS failure i s restor ed to norma l . ➀ LENS of VPS with th e failure ➁ LENS of VPS with the f ailure 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 207

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 180 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when I ntra-Off ice Trunks (ATI, RST, etc.) have all be come busy. ➀ Intr a-Of fice t runks that hav e become all busy 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 208

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 181 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES RO UT E NO . DA T A (HEX.) TR UNK NAME RO U T E NO . DA T A (HEX.) TR UNK NAME 901 01 At tendant C onsole 917 11 MFC Sender 902 02 Or i ginat ing Re gister T runk 918 12 Not used 903 03 In coming Re gi s ter T runk 919 13 MODEM 904 04 MF Recei ver 920 14 MODEM 905 05 Sender T runk DP/PB 921 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 209

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 182 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when virtu al tie line se tup has comp leted. ➀ Counte r ➁ V irtual T ie Line Call Header Accommodated Loc ation ➂ V irtual T ie Line Call Header Accommodated Loc ation 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 210

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 183 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message d isplays wh en virtu al tie line canc el has comp leted. ➀ Counte r ➁ V irtual T ie Line Call Header Accommodated Loc ation ➂ V irtual T ie Line Call Header Accommodated Loc ation 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ 4: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 211

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 184 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age disp lays whe n virt ual tie l ine setup has f aile d d ue to a fau lt in t he n etwo rk of the term inat ing office concerned . ➀ V irt ual T i e Line C all He ader Accommodated Loc ation ➁ V i rtua l T i e Lin e Call H eade r Accommodated Loc ation 1: 00XX XX8X XXXX 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 212

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 185 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➂ V irtual T ie Line Call Header Accommodated Loc ation ➃ F ault Cause b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 CLASS REA SON KIND VA L U E DA T A REAS ON KIN D Reason Kind Class V alue XX 8765 4321 (bit) -000 xxxx -001 Normal Event Class 000 000 000 000 000 001 001 001 001 001 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 213

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 186 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES 010 xxxx Classes not allo wed use of resour ces 010 010 010 010 010 010 010 0010 0110 1001 1010 1011 1100 1111 34 38 41 42 43 44 47 No usable channel/line Network failure T emporary fai lure Switchi ng system cong est e d Access information dis carded Use of requested line/cha nnel not al ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 214

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 187 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messag e indicates that an outgoing call (b y connectio n acknowledge system) ha s not received an ac - knowledgment signal from t he opposi te offi ce. As a r e sult, t he attempte d outgoing call i s routed to Reorde r Tone (ROT) c onnection. In Case of Stati on OG/A TT OG/A TT T andem ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 215

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 188 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ T enant No. of c alling station (He x.) ➅ OPTN data Note: This data displays when the T e nant No. of the calling statio n is larg er than 15, and bit7 of ➄ di splays as “1” ( other wise , “ 0” dis plays at any time). While the four - bit d ata of ➄ is self -sufficient i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 216

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 189 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➇ OPR T data Note: This data di splays when the OG Route No. is lar g er than 63, and bit6 of ➆ d isp lays as “1 ” (othe rwise, “0” d isplays at any time). Wh ile the six-bi t data of ➆ is self-suf ficie nt in verifying the Rout e N o. “1- 63,” thi s OPRT data pr o vides a s ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 217

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 190 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES 12 Number dial ed by c aller (See table) In Case of T andem Connection ➀ T ype of connecti on ➁ IC route number (Hex.) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b4-b7 b0-b3 DC0 DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5 DC6 DC7 DC8 DC9 DC10 DC11 DC12 DC13 DC14 DC15 DC16 DC17 DC18 DC19 DC20 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 218

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 191 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➂ OPR T data Note: This da ta dis plays whe n t he I C Ro ute No. is la rg er than 63, and bit6 of ➁ displays as “1” (otherwise, “1” d isplays at any time). Wh ile the six-bi t data of ➁ is self-s uff icient in verifying the Route No. “1- 63,” thi s OPRT data pr o vides a su ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 219

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 192 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➇ OPR T data Note: This data di splays when the OG Route No. is lar g er than 63, and bit6 of ➆ d isp lays as “1 ” (othe rwise, “0” is di spla ys a t an y t ime). Whil e th e six bi t da ta of ➆ is s elf -sufficient in ver ifyin g the Rou te N o. “1- 63,” thi s OPRT data ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 220

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 193 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES 12 Number dialed by caller (Se e table) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b4-b7 b0-b3 DC0 DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5 DC6 DC7 DC8 DC9 DC10 DC11 DC12 DC13 DC14 DC15 DC16 DC17 DC18 DC19 DC20 DC21 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 221

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 194 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age displays whe n the DR si gnal of the RS-232C, connect ed to the port designa ted by th e system data, re m a ins off fo r 30 consecuti ve seconds whi le the sys tem is in servi ce (imme diately a fter sta rtup in th e case o f sy stem star t-u p). ➀ F aulty Port No. 1: XX0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 222

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 195 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge disp la ys when [ 16- K ] I/ O P or t Line D own Fai l u r e is res tore d to no r mal . ➀ F aulty Port No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 223

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 196 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message di splay s when the timer circuit in the EMA card becomes faulty a nd stops funct ioning an d 64- Hz clock alarm is output. ➀ Message Det ail Da ta This system mess age is alwa ys indicated as 0000. 1: 0000 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 224

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 197 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge disp la ys when [ 16- M ] 64 Hz Clock Down Detected is restor ed to normal. ➀ Message Det ail Da ta This system mess age is alwa ys indicated as 0000. 1: 0000 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 225

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 198 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he IOC card f ails. ➀ IOC circ uit card No. ➁ Cause fo r fault 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 226

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 199 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age disp lay s wh en t he IO C ca rd failur e, obse rved in t he m essa ge [ 16-T ] , is de tec ted m ore t han 8 time s a day. ➀ IOC circ uit card No. ➁ Cause fo r fault Referenc e: See Chap ter 4 , Section 1.3.3 , for the circuit car d repl acement pro cedure. 1: XXXX 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 227

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 200 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when the user uses Follow Pho ne (SWAP) servic e. ➀ Error code 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX XX00 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX 00XX 3: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ ➆ ➇ ➈ ➉ 11 12 13 14 1 4 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 228

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 201 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➁ T enant No. of ca lling sta tion ➂ Accommodate d location of c alling stat ion a fte r Follow Ph one s erv ice ➃ Accommodated loca tion of cal ling stat ion a fte r Follow Ph one s erv ice 18 Call Back/OG qu eui ng has been set to Call ing or Called stat i on 19 Call Forwarding - All ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 229

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 202 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➄ - ➆ Stati on No. of ca lling st atio n ➇ T enant No. of ca lled stat ion ➈ Accommod ated locat ion of call ed stat ion ➉ Accommod ated locat ion of call ed stat ion 11 - 13 Sta tio n No . of call ed st atio n 14 Data Analy zed by NEC Engine ers b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 230

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 203 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he MBR switch on th e CCH/DCH card is turne d ON. ➀ Location of CCH/DCH card ➁ CKT No. 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 231

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 204 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he MBR switch on th e CCH/DCH card is turne d OFF. ➀ Loca tion of CCH/DCH card ➁ CKT No. 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 232

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 205 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge di spl ays when the MB switch on the CCH/DCH ca rd is turned ON while ex tr act i ng or ins er ti ng a ci rcuit card o r at PM i nitiali zation, etc. ➀ Location of CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 233

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 206 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge display s when th e MB switch o n the CCH/DCH card i s turned OFF whil e extract ing or ins erting a ci rcuit card o r at PM i nitiali zation, etc. ➀ Loca tion of CCH/DCH card 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 234

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 207 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge display s when the NIGHT swi tch on the ATTCON/DESKCON is ope rated or whe n the DAY/ NIGH T chan g e is ex ecut ed by the exte rn al sw i tc h op era tion. ➀ T enant No. ➁ Changing Method 1: XXXX XXXX 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 235

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 208 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➂ Day/Night Mode Specif ication ➃ Exte rna l Sw itch Stat us b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b0-b3: Mo de after changing b4-b7: Mode before changi ng Note: This data is pr ogr ammed as initial dat a. b0 b1 b2 b3 MEANING b4 b5 b6 b7 0000 D a y M o d e 0001 N i g h t M ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 236

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 209 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age displa ys when the MB switch on the IOC card is tur ned ON while extrac ting or inse rting a circ uit car d. ➀ Cir cuit Card No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 237

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 210 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he MB switch on the IOC ca rd i s tur ned OFF. ➀ Circu it Card No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 0000 7: 0000 0000 0000 0000 8: 0000 0000 0000 0000 9: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 238

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 211 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge displa ys when the MBR switc h on the IOC card is turned on at the time of CP U changeover o r speech p ath changeover. ➀ Circu it Card No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 239

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 212 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge displays when t he MBR switch o n the IOC card i s turned o ff at the time of CP U changeover or speech p ath changeover. ➀ Circu it Card No. 1: XX00 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 0000 0000 6: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 240

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 213 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he Prima ry Dch fai ls, and the Dch Ba ck-Up function i s operate d automatic ally. ➀ Condit ion of Dch ➁ Location of Dch (Primary) ➂ Location of Dch (Back-up) 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ 4: 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 241

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 214 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➃ Changeo ver I nformat ion ➄ Status of the Primary/Ba ck-up Dch ➅ EVENT No. b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b7 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b0, b1: 00 = Change from Primary Dch to Dch for Back-up 01 = Ch ange from Dch f or Back-up to Primary Dch 10 = Place Primary Dch to ACT s tatus ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 242

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 215 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he Prima ry Dch fai ls, and the Dch Ba ck-Up function i s operate d manually. ➀ Condit ion of Dch ➁ Location of Dch (Primary) ➂ Location of Dch (Back-up) 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ ➅ 4: 0000 00 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 243

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 216 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➃ Detaile d information on ch anging Dch ➄ Status of Primary/Back -up Dch ➅ EVENT No. b7 b3 b2 b1 b 0 b7 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b0, b1: 00 = Change from Primary Dch to Dch for Back-up 01 = Change from the Dch for Back-up to Primary Dch 10 = Place Primary Dch to ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 244

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 217 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he MUX (PH-PC36) card has a clock failur e in one of t he dual systems. ➀ Unit, MG, syst em number for MUX card w ith a cl ock failu re ➁ Scan Data Referenc e: See Chap ter 5 , Section 4.3 , Se ct ion 4.4 , and S ection 5.3 , for t he repair pr oce dure. 1: X ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 245

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 218 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message dis plays when t he MUX (PH-PC36) card has a clock failur e in both of the dual sy stems. ➀ MUX card locati on ➁ Scan Data 1 ➂ Scan Data 2 Referenc e: See Chap ter 4 , Section 3.3.2 , for the circuit car d repl acement pro cedure. 1: XXXX XX00 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 246

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 219 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This message dis plays when t he MAT is log-in or l og-out. ➀ Port No. of the MA T logged in/o ut ➁ Command Name ➂ User Name 1: XX00 XXXX XXXX XXXX 2: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 3: XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ➀ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ 4 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 247

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 220 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This massage is issued when a call, originate d via a st ati on/trunk, is judged as mal ic iou s, and then, the de ta ils on th e call is traced with the called party pressing an access code or the “ Call Trace ” key. [When a call is orig inated from a station] • Informat i on on Ca ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 248

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 221 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES • Info rmation o n Malici ous call ➅ Kind of Call (Hex. ) 10H=Call f rom a st ation ➆ Fusion Point Cod e (FPC) (He x.) Note ➇ T enant No. (He x.) Not e ➈ Physical Station No. (He x.) Not e ➉ User Group No. (UGN) (He x.) Note T elephone No. (He x.) Note Note: Each No./code is outpu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 249

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 222 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES [When a call is originat ed from a trunk ] • Inform ation o n Call ed P arty (Infor mer) ➀ Fusion Point Cod e (FPC) (He x.) Note ➁ T enant No. (He x.) Not e ➂ Physical Station No. (He x.) Not e ➃ User Grou p No. (UGN) (Hex.) Note ➄ T elephone No. (Hex.) Note 1: XXXX XXXX XXXX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 250

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 223 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES • Inform ation o n Malici ous Call ➅ Kind of Call (He x.) Not e 20H=Call f rom a tr unk ➆ Calling No. o f T runk Call (Caller ID) (He x.) Note , Note 1 Note: Each No./Code is output in he xadecimal. Detaile d meanings ar e as foll ows: Output Data (He x.) Actual Mean ing 1~9 → 1~9 A ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 251

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 224 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This message is issued when th e connect ion erro r related to external LAN Interface eq uipment occurs in th e syste m. ➀ ~ ➃ IP Addr ess for e xternal e quipment in whic h error has been detected. (Hex.) ➄ , ➅ Port No. (Client Port No.) (Hex. ) ➆ Soc ket N o. (U se d S oc ket ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 252

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 225 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES T able 3-2 Error Code Output Data (Hex. ) Definition Out put Data (Hex.) De finition BSD SOC KET ER ROR 58 Add ress fa mily no t suppo rted 10 U ser parameter erro r PR O T OCOL F AMIL Y 11 H ost not reachable 59 Address already in us e 12 T imeout 60 Can ’ t as sign requ ested add ress 14 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 253

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 226 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➈ Applicati on T ype [When =03 (SM DR) / 04 (MCI) ] ➉ Device Num ber o f Er ror de tect ed c lien t PC Kind of Erro r Deta il s on D e tect ed Er ro r ~ N o t u s e d b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b0-b7 : (Hex) 01=SUPER ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 254

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 227 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES [When =05 (O AI) / 07 (MIS ) ] ➉ Faulty Log ical P or t No. (Hex) Error Kin d (ERRK) ~ N o t u s e d b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b 2 b1 b0 T able 3- 3 Erro r Kind (E RRK) Output Data Err or Situat ion Required Chec k 01H SEND Executio n Error TCP/IP connection is do wn because t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 255

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 228 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This mess age disp lay s wh en the L AN I nterf ace Con nec tion Fai lure , de tected in Mes sage [ 26-V ], recovers. The message dis plays when the LAN Interface Conne ction Failu re is restor ed. The first dat a is normally sen t/re- ceived b y the recovered a pplication equi pment. ➀ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 256

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 229 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES ➈ Applicati on T ype [When ➈ ➈ ➈ ➈ =03 (SMDR ) / 04 (MCI) ] ➉ Device Numb er o f recovered clie nt PC Recovery Info rmat ion b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b0-b7: ( Hex) 01=SU PER SER V ER 02=M A T 03=SM DR 04=M CI 05=OAI 06=PM S 07=M IS b0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 257

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 230 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This messa ge display s when the MUX ( PH-PC36) card , whose clock f unction wa s detected as faulty, is re cov- ere d. ➀ Unit, MG num ber for MUX c ard, which reco vered from a cl ock fai l ur e ➁ RLS Data 1: XXXX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 258

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 231 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This messa ge dis pla ys when an abnormal sta te is det ect ed temporarily on the SDT (PA-SDTA/B) car d. ➀ MG (Module Group) ➁ Detail s on alarm Note: Alar m-de tect ed HW i s spec ified in ➂ (ne xt pag e). 1: X0XX 00XX XXXX XX00 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ ➂ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 259

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 232 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES ➂ Alarm-d etected HW Note: This data displays o nly when b4 is “1” a nd b3 is “0” in data ➁ . Repair Pr ocedur e Basical ly, fault repair wor k is not require d by the dis play of this message. How ever, if the messa ge is cre ated frequen tly, it is rec ommended tha t the rep ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 260

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 233 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mess age displ ays whe n a gra ve f ailur e oc curs o n th e SD T (PA -SD TA/B ) car d. I f this is is sued , re memb er the AC T/S TBY chan ge o f the SDT car d m ay be fo llo wed, as a resu lt of faul t dete ctio n in th e op tical fiber line (see [ 33 -E ] message). ➀ MG (Module Gro ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 261

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 234 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES Repair Pr ocedur e Depe n din g on the fa u lt stat us sh o wn in data ➁ , perform necessa ry repair work: (1) Hardwar e Failure /Onboard Po wer Alar m SDT ( P A - S D T A/B ) ca rd is fa ulty . Re pl ace th e c ar d w ith a s par e b y re fe rrin g to Chapter 4 , Section 3.3.3, SDT Car ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 262

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 235 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES (6) Recei ving Pa th Failure/Re ceiving Path Error Abnormal st ate is de tected i n the p rocess of mult iplexing t he “ Recei ve ” signals. T o restore this , perform the fo llo wing: STEP 1 Initializa tion of SDT c ard (dis tant node) Initi alize the SDT c ard in the dist ant node, and ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 263

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 236 Issu e 1 SYS T EM MESS A GES This me ssage di splays when the SDT (PA- SDTA/B) card or optic al fiber line, whi ch was once detecte d as faulty , recovers . ➀ MG (Module Group) ➁ Detai ls o n the fault 1: X0XX 0000 0000 0000 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 3: 0000 0000 0000 0000 ➀ ➁ 4: 0000 0000 0000 0000 5: 0000 0000 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 264

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 3 Page 237 Issue 1 SYST EM ME SS A GES This mes sage displays when the ACT/STBY of t he SDT (PA-SDTA) card is changed o ver as a resu lt of faul t detect ion in the opt ical fi ber line. When t he ACT/STBY chan ge cannot be per formed, this me ssage al so indi- cates the caus e for the cha ngeover execu ti on failure. ➀ MG (Modu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 265

    CHAPTER 3 ND A-24300 P ag e 238 Issu e 1 This page is for your notes. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 266

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 239 Issue 1 CHAPTER 4 Unit/Cir cuit Card Replacement Pr ocedure 1. LPM Accommodating Unit/Cir cuit Car d Replacement Procedure This secti on expl ains how to replace unit /c ir cuit cards mounted in the LPM. 1.1 Precauti on • Use this procedure to re place a faulty un it /circu it card with a spare or to check a spare car ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 267

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 240 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Fig ure 4- 1 Circu it Card Mount i ng F ace La yout of LPM Note: In place of PZ-IO27, the CPR may be equipp ed with PZ-IO28, whic h does not have the MB (Make -busy) key . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 OFF MBR FDD ON OFF PALM ON OFF OUT PWR IN PWR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 268

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 241 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1.3 Operati ng Pr ocedures The foll o wing parag raphs pro vi de ope ratin g proc edures to repl ace uni t/ci rcui t car ds of the LPM. Pe rform the oper ations that correspo nd to each Re ference Item specif ied in T able 4-1 . T able 4-1 LPM Unit/Circuit Cards and Refer ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 269

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 242 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 1.3.1 CPR Replacement P rocedure This sect ion e xplains ho w to replac e the Contro l Processor Rack (CPR) . Before start ing the proce dures, mak e a backup cop y of the main data, such as of fic e data, Call F orwa rding (CF) data and Speed Call ing (SPD) dat a, ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 270

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 243 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Figure 4-3 How to Replace the CPU ..... ..... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5A SLOT No. 0 1 2 3 456 2 6 E ..... ..... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5A SLOT No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 6 E CPR LPM PBX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 271

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 244 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE [Cir cuit Card Acco mmodation in to the New CPR] The steps belo w sho w the procedu re to ins tall the ne w CPR into th e LPM. STEP 1 Using the Phill ips Screwdrive r, remove the 4 + 8 screws . Then, detach the front p anel an d top cover from the ne w CPR. (Refer ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 272

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 245 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2 Insert th e ISAGT (PZ-GT13) and LANI (PZ-PC19) cards into the follo wing slo ts of th e new C PR (r efe r to Figure 4-5 ): ISAGT (PZ-GT13) → Slot #6 (ISA) LANI (PZ-PC19) → Slot #0 (PCI)(Fo r Fusion Link) LANI (PZ-PC19) → Slot #1 (PCI) (When conne cting MAT vi ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 273

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 246 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE STEP 3 Reattach the top cover and fro nt panel by faste ning the re moved screws . (Ref er to Fi gure 4-6 ) Figure 4-6 Reatt achment of CPR T op Cover a nd Front P anel A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Hand ling Preca utions Re qu ired After mounting th e IS ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 274

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 247 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 4 After turni ng “ ON ” the MBR key on the DSP of the n ew CPR, ins ert the new CP R into the LPM. Th en, fa sten the ret ained four s crew s. (R efer to Figure 4- 7 ) Figure 4-7 Accommodation of New CPR into LPM A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Hand ling ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 275

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 248 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE STEP 5 Ins e rt t he ne w HFD i nto th e CPR. Then, fas t en th e t w o scr e w s. (Ref er t o Figure 4-8 ) Figure 4-8 Insert ion o f N ew HF D into CPR A TTE NTION Contents Static S en sit ive Hand ling Precautions Required By using the t wo scr ews, fas ten the n ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 276

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 249 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Replacement Proc edur e • Syst em Ch a n geover of th e CPU from A C T to ST BY m o de. • IMG0 lamp on the DSP begins to flash g reen. • Check the m ate CPU ’ s lamp indicat ions: CPU OPE=Steady green IMG0, IMG1, IMG2, IMG3=Flash green • EMA SUP lamp o n the EMA ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 277

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 250 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • Refer t o Fi gure 4-2 for CPR face la yout . • Refer t o Figure 4-2 for CPR fac e layout. • Refer t o F igure 4-3 to re place the CPU. Cables to be disconnected Ether cable: UTP CT G5 ST ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 278

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 251 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • Refe r to Figure 4-3 to replac e the CPU. • Refer t o C irc uit C ard In sta llatio n Into Ne w CPR procedure in this secti on. Turn ON the MBR ke y on the DSP of the new CPR. C B Extract the CPR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 279

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 252 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required Note: Do not c onnect the cable for t he Conn ect t he disco nnected bus ca bles to the con nectors on the PZ-GT13. Turn ON the S W key on PZ- PW92. Connect the di sc on nec ted pow er alar m cabl ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 280

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 253 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • EMA SUP lamp on the EMA card goes OFF . • IMG 0 la mp on the D S P flas hes green. Flip the MB R key on t he DSP of the new CPR from ON to OFF. END D Turn OFF the EM A- SU P key on the EM A (PH-PC4 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 281

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 254 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Circu i t Card In sta ll atio n Into N ew CPR This procedu r e shows how to inst all the new CPR into the LPM. (1) Detach the front panel of t he ne w CPR b y using the Phill ips scr e wdri v er to remove the fou r scre ws, as sho wn in Figure 4-9 . The n, lift the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 282

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 255 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE (2) Insert the ISA GT (PZ-GT13) and LANI (PZ-P C19) c ards i nto the follo wing slot s of the ne w CPR (refer to Figure 4 - 10 ): ISA GT (PZ-GT13) → Slot #6 (ISA) LANI (PZ-PC19) → Slot #0 (PCI) (F or Netfusing Link) LANI (PZ-PC19) → Slot #1 (PCI ) (When connecting M ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 283

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 256 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE (3) Reattac h the top cov er by faste ning the remo ved eight scr e ws. Then, reattach the front pan e l by fastenin g th e re moved fou r scr ews. R ef er to Figure 4-11 . Figure 4-11 Reattachment of CP R Top Cover a nd Front Panel A TTENTION Contents Static S en ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 284

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 257 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE (4) After turni ng ON the MBR key on th e DSP of the ne w CPR, insert the ne w CPR into the LP M as shown in Fi gure 4 -12 . Then, fast en the reta ined four scre ws. Figure 4-12 Location o f New CPR Into LPM A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Hand ling Preca utions ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 285

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 258 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE (5) Las tly , insert the ne w HFD into the CPR. Then, fasten the two scre ws as sho wn in Figure 4-1 3 . Figure 4-13 Insertion of New HFD Into CPR 1.3.2 EMA Card Replacement P rocedure The EMA (PH-PC40) card is moun ted in Slot No. 04 of th e LPM. The main func- ti ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 286

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 259 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Replacement Proc edur e Before re placi ng the EMA card, check the CPU #0 ’ s ACT mod e. A tte mpti ng to re plac e t he ca rd when the CPU is acti ve will re sul t in the system bein g init ia li zed. WA R N I N G • Che ck the CP U OPE la mp of DS P #1. When the lamp ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 287

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 260 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required • OPE/MB lamp on the EMA card is steady- green. • PFT service is canc el l ed: resum ption of n ormal opera tion. Turn ON the MB a nd EM A SUP keys on the new ca rd. Turn OF F the MB an d EMA ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 288

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 261 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1.3.3 IOC Card Replacement Pr ocedure The IOC ( PH-IO24) c ard is mounted in Slot No. 02 and / or 03 o f the LP M . The car d ’ s main function is t o pr ovide a serial inter face betwe en the system and its ex- ternal equipment, s uch as th e Maintena nce Administ rati ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 289

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 262 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • OPE lam p on th e IOC c ard is re d. • Release of I/O ports : ne w IOC card is in itia lize d, and I/ O po rt cha nn els reope ns. • OPE la mp is gre en. Turn OFF the MB key on the card. E ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 290

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 263 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1.3.4 P ower Suppl y Unit Replacement Pr ocedure A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • CPU System Changeo ver Refe r to Section 12. 1.2 in Chapter 6 . Cable to be disconnected from OUTPWR CPU #0: 6P-(4P -3P) PWR CA-A CPU #1: 6P-(4P -3P) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 291

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 264 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required END Insert the n ew PWR UNIT i nto the LPM . Extract th e PWR UNIT fro m the CPR. Turn ON the SW k ey on the PWR UNIT. A On the EM A card, se t EMA SUP sw it ch DOWN. Reattach p ower a larm cable ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 292

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 265 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 1.3.5 MISC Car d Replacement Procedure A TTENTION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • K eep MB switch UP . END Extract the MISC card from it s mountin g slot. On the MISC card, set MB sw itch U P. On the MISC card, se t MB sw itch DOWN. START Ins ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 293

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 266 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 2. TSWM A CCOMMOD A TING CIRCUIT CARD REPL ACEMENT PROCEDURE This secti on e xplains the proce dure for replac in g circuit ca rds accommodated in the TSWM. 2.1 Precauti on • This proce du re is a pp lied w hen repla cin g a faul ty c ircu it ca rd wi th a spar e ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 294

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 267 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 2.3 Operati ng Pr ocedures The foll owing paragra phs e xplain the op erating procedur es to re place ci rcuit cards l ocate d in the PIM. Perform the oper ations corr es ponding to each Ref erence Item specif ied in Ta b l e 4 - 2 . T able 4-2 TSW M Circuit Ca rds and Re ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 295

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 268 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 2.3.1 GT Card Replac ement Pr ocedure The GT (PH-GT09) c ard is loca ted in Slot No. 10 or 11 within the TSWM. The card ’ s main fun ction is to pro vide both MISC and I/O Local b us interf ace betwee n the microproce ssor of CPU and other lo wer echel ons, su ch ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 296

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 269 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE GT Card Replace ment Pr ocedure Use ext reme care when ope rating the ke ys on the DSP of CPR and PH-GT09 car d. WA R N I N G • Syst em cha ng e over of GT from A CT to STBY mode A TTE NTION Contents Static S en sit ive Hand ling Precautions Required Check the fol lo wi ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 297

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 270 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Conte nts Static Sens itive Handl ing Precautions Required • OPE/MB lamp on th e GT card rema in s OFF . • OPE/MB lamp o n the ne w card is OFF . • OPE/MB lamp on th e new card rema in s OFF . B Set t he MBR and MB keys on the new c ard UP. A Set t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 298

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 271 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Note: The system c hang eo ver of GT can be execu ted also by using the CMOD command. F or details, r efer to Chapte r 8 , Maintenance Commands . EMA SUP lamp on the EMA car d goes OFF . System Changeo ver • Replaced GT : STBY to A CT • Mate GT : A CT to STBY Che ck t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 299

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 272 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 2.3.2 TSW Card Replacement Procedure The T SW (PH -SW 12) ca rd is lo cated in the Slo t Nos. ra ngin g fro m 12 to 1 9 with in the TSW M. Equi pped with th e Time Division S witch (TSW ) and Spee ch Path C ontro lli ng Int erfac e (INT ), the car d ’ s main func ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 300

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 273 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE F i gu r e 4 - 1 6 S y st e m B lo c k D i ag r a m ( T SW a n d O t h e r S peech P a t h E c h e l o n s ) IMG 0 TSW I/O BUS TSW I/ O BU S CPR 0 CPR 1 TSW 00 GT 0 GT 1 CPU 1 TSW 10 TSW 01 TSW 11 TSW 02 TSW 12 TSW 03 TSW 13 DLKC 1 DLKC 0 PLO 1 PLO 0 ISAGT LANI LANI ISAGT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 301

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 274 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE TSW Card Repla cement Pr ocedur e Use ext r eme care when ope rating the ke ys on the circuit card. Figure 4-17 LEDs and Swi t ches for TSW Changeover WA R N I N G A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required System Changeo ver . Check the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 302

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 275 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE • TSW A CT lamp on the TSW c ard i s red. • TSW A CT lamp on the n ew card is red. A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required B Set TSW M BR and MB ke ys on the new ca rd UP. A Insert the new TSW c ard into the TS WM. Set the keys on the new ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 303

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 276 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Note: The sy st em cha ngeove r of TSW c ar d ca n be execu ted a lso b y u s i n g th e CMOD command. F or detail s, re f er t o Chap ter 8 , Maintenan ce Commands . A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • TSW A CT lamp on the n e ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 304

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 277 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 2.3.3 DLKC Card Replace ment Pr ocedure The D LKC (PH- PC2 0) car d is l oca ted in Slot No. 08 o r 09 w ithi n th e TS WM. Th e car d ’ s main func tion is to pr ov ide all t he Attendan t/Desk Conso les with informat ion such as term ination/ answer/r elease (abandone ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 305

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 278 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Note: The c hangeo ver of spe ech path syst em can be pe rformed al so by usi ng the CMOD command. F or detail s, re fer to Chapte r 8 , Maintena nce Co mmands . A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • TSW A CT lamp on the ne w car ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 306

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 279 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 2.3.4 PLO Card Replacement Pr ocedure The PLO (PH-CK16/17/1 6-A/17-A) card is loca ted in Slot No. 21 or 23 within the TSWM. Used t o - gether wi th a diff erent direct di gital in terfa ce circui t card, the card ’ s m ain fu ncti on i s to set u p the clo ck synchron ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 307

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 280 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Note: After all ste ps ar e completed, chec k t he A CT mode of TSW car ds , whic h ar e in the same sw itc hing bloc k with the r eplaced PLO. Be cause the PLO-loca ted MUSIC R O M suppli es hold t ones only to the TSW car ds belongi ng to the same sw itc hin g bl ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 308

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 281 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 2.3.5 PWR SW Card Repl acement Pr ocedure The PWR SW (PH-PW14) card is loca ted in Slot No. 00 or 01 within t he TSWM. The card ’ s main functi on is to s upply DC -48 V operat ing po wer to the same TSWM circui t car ds and als o DC +5, -5V , and +12V output po wer t o ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 309

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 282 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 2.3.6 MISC Car d Replacement Procedure A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • K eep MB switch UP . END START Extract the MISC car d from its mo unti ng sl ot. Insert th e new circ uit card in to the s ame mounting sl ot. On the MI ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 310

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 283 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 3. PIM Accommodating Cir cuit Car d Replacement Pr ocedure This section c overs the proced ures for r eplacin g circuit ca rds mounted in the PIM (IMG0/1/2/3) . 3.1 Precauti on • Use t his p roc edur e to r epl ace a fault y ci rcu it ca rd w ith a spar e or t o chec k ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 311

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 284 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 3.3 Operati ng Pr ocedures The foll owi ng sections pro vide operatin g procedures to rep lace circuit ca rds mounted i n the PIM. Pe rform the oper ations corre sponding to each Refe rence I tem specif ied in T able 4-3 . Note that the procedure s as- sume that th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 312

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 285 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 3.3.1 LC/TRK Ci rcuit Ca rd Replacement Proc edure A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • K eep MB switch set at UP . END START Extract th e circuit card fr om its m ount ing s lot. On the c ircuit card to be r eplaced, set the MB swit c ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 313

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 286 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 3.3.2 MUX Card Replacement Pr ocedure The MUX (PH-P C36) card is moun te d in Slot No. 13 and/o r 14 of eac h Port Interfa ce Module (PIM). The card ’ s main fu nction is to pro vide an i nterf ace betwe en the CPR and Port Micropr ocessor (PM) of the li ne/ trun ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 314

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 287 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE • MUX A CT lamp on th e new ca rd is red. A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required B Insert the n ew card i nto the PIM . A On the n ew card, set the MB ke y UP. Extract card to be replac ed from the mo unte d PIM. Disconn ect the cabl e for ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 315

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 288 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Note: The c hangeover of Speec h P ath System can be per formed also by using the CMOD command. F or detail s, re fer to Chapte r 8 , Maintena nce Co mmands . A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required System Changeo ver Replaced MUX: STB ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 316

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 289 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 3.3.3 SDT Card Replacement Procedur e The SDT (P A-SDT A/P A-SDTB) card, mounted in a uni ve rsa l slo t o f a PIM, is us ed to pro vide a 52M interf ace for th e opti cal f iber lines. Use the follo wing procedu re to repl ace th e SDT card with a spare. Pr ocedure to Re ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 317

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 290 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required • OPE lamp on the P A-SDT A card is steady- green. END A Remove th e optica l f iber cable from t he front connect or on the PA-S DTA ca rd. Connect th e new o ptical fibe r cable to th e fr on ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 318

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 291 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Pr ocedure to Rep l ace P A-SDT A/P A-SDTB card A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required • A C T la mp on the P A-S DT A c ard goes OFF . • Though an y call attempt is rej ecte d, alread y establish ed calls are sa fely main tain ed. W hen ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 319

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 292 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required • OPE lamp on the P A-SDTB card is red. • When an y connection link ex ists, t he nailed -down con nection bet ween the FCH (P A-FCHA) and SDT (P A- SDT B) car ds is c ut off. Alr ead y estab ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 320

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 293 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE A TTENTION Contents Static S en sit ive Handling Precautions Required • OPE lam p on th e new card is re d. • OPE lamp on the ne w card is steady- gre en. END B On the PA -SDT A car d, turn OF F Swi tc h 4 of the P-SW ke y. Note 2 Inse rt both PA -SDTA/PA-SD TB cards ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 321

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 294 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 3.3.4 PWR Card Rep lacement P rocedure The PWR (P A-PW55-A/P A-PW55-B) and DPWR (P A-PW54-A/P A-PW54-B) cards ar e mounted re specti vely i n Slot No. 1 and Slot No. 3 of ea ch PIM. The c ard ’ s main functio n is to provide operatin g power to t he circ uit ca r ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 322

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 295 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE A TTEN TION Contents Static Sens iti ve Handling Precautions Required • OPE lamp on th e new card is OFF . • OPE la mp on the new car d is gr een . END A Insert the new card into th e PIM. Turn OFF the MB key o n the card. Extract t he card to be repl aced. Connect t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 323

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 296 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 4. Fan Uni t Replacement This section expl ains how to re place the Fan Unit (FANU), whi ch is fasten ed on the TOPU or i nside the ded- icated fan box withi n the system. Bec ause the fa n is a vital device to protect the syste m from heated ai r, it is recomme nd ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 324

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 297 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Figure 4-20 Preparation for FANU Replacement (Fans o n TOPU) STEP 5 Remove the four screws fast ening the fan to be repl aced. Refe r to Fi gure 4-21 . Note: The r emoved scr ews ar e used in STEP 7 again. Do not dis pose of them when uns cr e wing the fa n h e re. STEP 6 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 325

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 298 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE STEP 10 Set the PWR SW on the PZ-M369 to the AUTO positio n. Note: The switc h setting of the PWR SW can be ON, depen din g on the lo cation con ditions of the system. STEP 11 Attach the top cover again to t he origina l locat i on. Figure 4-21 Ho w to Replace F AN ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 326

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 299 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Replacement Pr ocedur e: F ANU in Fan Box When the FANU is mount ed in the fan box, perform the following replac ement: STEP 1 Remove t he front cover of the fan box. Then, ext ract the FANU. STEP 2 Turn OFF the PWR SW on the PZ-M369. (Refe r to Figur e 4-22 .) STEP 3 Rem ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 327

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 300 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE STEP 5 Take off the four screws f astenin g the fan t o be rep laced. (Refer to Figure 4-23 .) Note: T h e re m ov e d s c rew s a re u s e d i n STEP 7 a g ain. Do not dispose of them when u n s c rewing the FAN he re. STEP 6 Remove t he unscrewe d fan from the FA ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 328

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 301 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE 5. CPR Coolin g Fan Replacement This sect ion explains how to r eplace a coo ling fan i n the back sid e of the CPR. This procedure i s necessar y when a fault is detecte d in the cooli ng fan. Because the fan is a vit al device to protect th e CPR from heated air , it is ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 329

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 302 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Figure 4-25 Extraction of CPR from LPM STEP 7 Disconnec t the fan cable from the connect or in the backbone of CPR. Note: The cooling fan i s located in the ba ckbone of CPR and th e cable connector lies in its right side. Refer to F igur e 4-26 . Figu re 4- 26 Re ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 330

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 303 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 11 Insert th e CPR back int o the LPM. STEP 12 Fasten the CPR and LPM with the four scr ews. STEP 13 Connect the disco nnected power, b us, a nd ether cabl es to the relevant connecto rs. STEP 14 Turn ON the SW key on the PZ -PW92. STEP 15 Connect the disco n nected ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 331

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 304 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE 6. Fuse Replacement The syst em uses the f uses shown in Figure 4-2 8 a s a pro tec tion against an ov erl oad resultin g from a short cir- cuit . Figu re 4- 28 Fuses Use d by S yste m When ex cessive current is ap plied to a PWR ci rcuit c ard, the related fuse i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 332

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 305 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Figure 4- 30 show s th e loca tio n of fu ses with in the sys tem. In Chapter 4-30 , the f use s are i ndi cate d by o r . Figure 4-30 Fuse Loc ations Within System NEC NEAX 2400 IMS PZ-M377 3.2A 5.0A PZ-M369 5.0A ..... ..... ..... ..... PZ-PW92 5.0A 25A 25A 5.0A 0.5A PA- ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 333

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 306 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE In the TSW M, the fu se shown in Figure 4 -31 is used fo r the PWR SW (PH-PW14) card, which is hous ed in Slot No. 00 and/ or 01. Figure 4-31 Fuse Location Within TSWM PH-PW14 (PWR SW) FUSE: 15A TSWM PBX (IMG1) Front View ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 334

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 4 Page 307 Issue 1 UNIT/CIRCUIT CAR D REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Perform the proc edu r e in Figure 4-32 to confirm the c ause of the RGU fu se blown fault. Figure 4- 32 RGU Fuse Blown Fault Flowcha rt Start Visual check: No pin contacting or backboard melting? OPE Lamp (green) of each LC card remains lit? Replace the blown fuse with a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 335

    CHAPTER 4 ND A-24300 P ag e 308 Issu e 1 UNIT/C IRCU IT CAR D REPLACEMENT PR OCEDURE Perform the proc edu r e in Figure 4-33 to confirm the c ause of the DC-4 8V fuse blown fault. Figure 4-33 D C -48V Fuse Blow n Fault Flowchart Start Visual check: No pin contacting or backboard melting? OPE Lamps (green) of LC/TRK/NCU cards remain lit? Make sure i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 336

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 309 Issue 1 CHAPTER 5 F A ULT REPAIR PRO CEDURES This chapte r pro vides inform ati on on ho w to repa ir the fault (s) w ithi n the syste m. If an y of the components o r equipment list ed in T able 5- 1 has a failu re, move on to th e repai r pro cedure explai ned for each f ault y con diti on. T abl e 5- 1 Fa ult Repa ir ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 337

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 310 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Speech System F ault Faults r elated to speech. Section 5.2, Speech P ath System Fault - F ault Related to Speech Dial tone is not heard. Section 5.3, Speech P ath System Fault - W hen Dial T one (DT) Cannot Be Heard STBY side is faulty . Section 5.4, Speech Path System Fault - STBY ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 338

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 311 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 1. LINE FAULT This sect ion explains the faul t repair procedure in a ca se where only one sp ecific st ation lin e is in any of the faulty conditions liste d in Ta b l e 5 - 2 . ISDN Line F ault • A specific DCH/PR T card is faulty . • When the signal tran smission line is a digital ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 339

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 312 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 1.1 Chec k P oint When r epa iring a l ine fa ult, co nside r the fol lowing i tems : (1) Check ala rm lamps on l ine ci rcuit ca rds. (2) When an outgoing c all cann ot be ori ginated to a spec ific li ne/trun k or when an incoming call c a nno t be termina ted from a spe cif ic li ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 340

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 313 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 1.3 Line F ault - When Dial T one (DT) Cannot Be Hear d Note: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced b ecause only one li ne is fault y , no oth er lines in that cir cuit car d can be used until the r eplacement is comple te . When OPE la m p on the L C circu it card does no t ill u mina te Co ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 341

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 314 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Check the fau l ty line on t he MDF . Isolat e the fau lty line t o the in-hous e wiring side a nd to t he system side . Connect the test tel ephone t o the s ystem side and check to see if dial t one can be heard. When Dial T one (DT) is he ard Check the in-hou se wirings. Replace ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 342

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 315 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 1.4 Line F ault - When Dialing Results in W rong Connection Note: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced b ecause only one li ne is fault y , no oth er lines in that cir cuit car d can be used until the r eplacement is comple te . When a call ad dre ssed to a spec ific statio n has term inated ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 343

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 316 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 1.5 Line F ault - When Bell Does Not Ri ng Note: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced b ecause only one li ne is fault y , no oth er lines in that cir cuit car d can be used until the r eplacement is comple te . Call th e faulty stat ion line by Stati on-to- Station calling and check t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 344

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 317 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 1.6 When Call Cannot Be Ans wered and Speec h Cannot Be Made Note: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced b ecause only one li ne is fault y , no oth er lines in that cir cuit car d can be used until the r eplacement is comple te . Check the fau lty line on the MDF . Isolate th e faulty line t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 345

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 318 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 1.7 D term Fault Note 1: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced be cause only one line is faulty , no othe r line s in that ci rcui t card can be used unt il the r epla ceme nt is complete . Note 2: If any of the in -house ca ble wirings short-cir cuit, the PO W AL M lamp on th e ELC circ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 346

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 319 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Chec k the faul ty lin e on the MD F . Iso late t he fau lty li ne to the i n-ho use w iring side a nd to t he system side . Conn ec t the test D term to the sy stem side. Confirm spee ch b y S tation -to -Stat ion c alli ng. When no speec h can be made. Check L T cables. Repl ace ELC ci ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 347

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 320 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 2. T RUNK FAULT This parag ra ph explai ns the fa ult re pair pr ocedure when a fault, shown in T able 5-3 , has o ccurr ed to a spec ific trunk. 2.1 Chec k P oint When repai r ing a trunk f ault, consider th e follo wing items: (1) Check ala rm lamps on t runk ci rcuit cards. (2) W ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 348

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 321 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES T able 5-4 Timings for Trunks ITEM S FOR ST A TUS SUPER VISIO N CONDITIONS FOR SU PER VISION TIMING S PE CIFICA TIO NS 1 Detection of Call T ermin ation • Ring Do wn System Detection by r i ngi ng s ig nal (2 0Hz) fr om the opposite of fice. • Loop Syst em Detection by lo op from the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 349

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 322 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S T able 5-5 Timing s for Senders ITEM S FOR ST A TUS SUPER VISIO N CONDITIONS FOR SU PER VISION TIMING S PE CIFICA TIO NS 1 Sender Ackno wledge W ait Ti me r T iming limit for waiting to recei ve connection ackno wledgement signal from the opposite of fi ce after seizi ng the oppos i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 350

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 323 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 2.2 T runk Contr ol T runk cir cuit cards are contr olled from the CP U via the MUX. Each trunk line in a specif ic trun k circ uit card is co ntrolled by the Port Microproces sor (PM) in a trunk circ uit card. Fi gure 5-2 shows the con trol route of the t runk circ uit card. Figure 5-2 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 351

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 324 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 2.3 T runk (ORT , SND , CFT) F ault Note: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced b ecause only one line is fa ult y , no other l ines in th at cir cuit car d can be used unti l the r eplace- ment is complet e . When onl y one l ine is faul ty Place the faulty line i nto make -busy state. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 352

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 325 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 2.4 T runk (CO T , TL T , DTI) Faul t Note 1: If a cir cuit car d is r eplaced bec ause only o ne lin e is fau lty , any other lin es in th at cir cuit car d cannot be used until the rep lacement is complet e. Note 2: If the pola rities o f the exte rnal line is r ever sed, it is de tec ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 353

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 326 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Chec k the fa ulty l ine on th e MD F . If th e C .O ./T ie L ine is in L oop Star t sys tem: Isol ate the fault y line to C.O. sid e and to the sy stem side. Connect the t est telephone to the C.O. side. Note 1: Check can be made only on te mporarily opened C.O./T ie Lin es. Conf i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 354

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 327 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Note: When performi ng loop-bac k connection tests on the tr unks at the user ’ s of fice, pr o vide cr oss connect ion as follows : (1) For a C O T • Set up a loop-back connection be twee n the CO T (C.O. T runk) to be tested and station line. • The trunk route must be assign ed f ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 355

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 328 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S • If the TL T is a 2W E & M Sy ste m , con nect the rel ate d l ea ds as sh own below: (3) For a D TI • Set up a loop- back connection between th e DTI T runk to be tes ted and another DTI Trun k as s hown belo w: • If the of f ice is the PLO- source of fi ce, perfo rm the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 356

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 329 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 3. A TTCON/DESKCO N FAULT This sect ion explai ns the fa ult repair procedure when a specifi c Attendant Cons ole (ATTCON) is in an y of the followi ng faulty con ditions. • No speech c an be made. • No operat ions can b e made. 3.1 Chec k P oint When re pairing a n A TTCON/DESKCON f ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 357

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 330 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figure 5-3 ATT Connector C abling and Connector Leads Accommodation LT5 LT11 PIM Backplane MDF ATTCON/ DESKCON LT11 is used when PA-CS33 is mounted in Slot 23. LT5 is used when PA-CS33 is mounted in Slot 12. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 47 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 4 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 358

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 331 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 3.3 A TTCON/DESKCO N Faul t Note 1: N o sp eech ca n be made. Note 2: While replacement of the ATI circuit card for the master ATTCON/DESKC ON is in progress, the sy stem is placed under Night Mode. On the A TTCON/DESKCON, LCH K (Lamp Check) ke y has been press ed but no lamps have i llu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 359

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 332 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Note: No oper ations can be made . Replace the A TTCON/DESKCON with a spare. Se t the MB swit ch of A TI P A-CS33 circ uit car d UP . If th e circuit c ard is equipped with a fuse, remo ve the fuse. Disconnec t the CHAMP connector of the A TTCON/DESKCON and repl ace the A TTCON/DESK ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 360

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 333 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 4. UNIT FAULT This sect ion explains the fau lt rep air procedure in a cas e where any of the faults shown in T able 5-6 has oc- curred to all th e line/t runk cir cuit car ds mounte d in a spec ific unit. Figure 5-4 shows th e range of uni ts. Figure 5- 4 Range of Units T able 5-6 Unit ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 361

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 334 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 4.1 Chec k P oint When repai r ing a unit f ault, con si der the fo llowing it ems: (1) Spe ech path s an d co ntro l pa ths i n th e un it ar e c onne cted to l ine/ trunk s v ia th e MU X ci rcui t car ds. B e s ure to chec k the alar m lamps on t he MUX circu it cards, a nd check ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 362

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 335 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Figure 5-6 Unit Control Bl ock Diagram (Sin gle Configuration) Figure 5-7 MUX Card Locations LC/TRK LC/TRK PM Line/ Trunk Circuit Card MUX X To TSW/INT Clock Speech Path (A) Control of CPU MUX (PH - PC36 ) ca rd is m ounted in Slot No. 13 and /or 14 of each PIM. MUX 0 MUX 1 UNIT = 2 UNIT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 363

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 336 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 4.2 Unit F ault - Fault Related to Spee ch Faulty Sit uation: • Noise, one-wa y speech, no tone, etc. occurs only within a unit. • Even if dialing has started, dial ton e does not stop. (1) For Dual Conf iguration Check by r eplacing the MUX (PH-PC36 ) circui t card. Replace th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 364

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 337 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Check the lin e/trunk ci rcuit cards mo unted in th e unit t o se e if they are faulty . Se t the MB sw it ch of th e line/tr unk circuit car d UP and extra ct it fr om its mounting slot. Make a stat ion-to-stati on call and see if a fa ult occurs. Perform thi s check on an indi vidual b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 365

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 338 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S (2) For Single Conf iguration Check by r eplacing the MUX (PH-PC36 ) circui t card. Repl ace th e MU X cir cuit c ard by re ferr ing to Section 3 .3.2, MUX Card Replac ement Procedur e , in Chapter 4 . Afte r repla cem ent of th e MU X circuit card, make a station-to- station cal l ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 366

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 339 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Check the lin e/trunk ci rcuit cards mo unted in th e un it t o see if they are faulty . Perform t his check o n an individual ba sis. Set th e MB switch of t he line/t runk circ uit card UP and ex tract it from it s mounting sl ot. Make a st ation-t o-station call and see if a fau lt oc ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 367

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 340 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 4.3 Unit Fault - When Dial Tone (DT) Cannot Be Heard Faulty Sit uation: • Dial T one (DT) cannot be heard e x cept within a unit. • [ 4-T ] Bo th MUX Fail ure / [ 4-S ] MUX Ready Fa ilure • [ 23-Y ] MUX Clo ck Failu re Note: F or dual system configur a tion, if a system messa ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 368

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 341 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Place the MUX c ircuit card i nto A CT mode by flippi ng the MBR k ey on th e activ e GT (PH- GT09) card . Refer to Secti on 12.1.6, Manual Syst em Ch ang eov er of S pee ch Pa th Sy stem , in Chapte r 6 . Chec k to se e if a stati on- to-sta tio n con necti on can be s et up to ident if ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 369

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 342 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S (2) For Single Conf iguration Chec k to se e if the M UX (PH -PC 36) circui t card is ma king poor cont act. Se t the MB swi tc h o f the M UX ci rc ui t card UP . Extract the MUX circuit car d from its mountin g slot and clean the cont act port ion. If clea ning ca nnot be do ne, r ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 370

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 343 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Extract all t he lin e/trunk circuit cards from their mou nting slo ts in t he u nit. I nsert the card s back int o their slots one after anoth er and see i f the dia l tone is heard each time. Extr act al l the lin e/t runk c ircuit card s from their sl ots. Note: Set the MB switch of t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 371

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 344 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 4.4 Unit F ault - AC T-Side MUX Card Is Faulty and System Has Changed Over Faulty Sit uation: • The A CT side has become faulty a nd the system ch angeo ver has ex ecuted in t he dual con figurat ion syste m. • [ 4-S ] MUX Ready F ailure / [ 4-T ] Both MU X Fai lure • [ 23-Y ] ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 372

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 345 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Replace t he MUX circ uit card with a spare, and c heck it. Re plac e the M UX circu it ca rd refe rri ng to Section 3 .3.2, MUX Card Replac ement Procedur e in Chapter 4 . Place the MUX c ircuit ca rd into ACT mode by fli pping t he MBR key o n the active GT (PH- GT09) ca rd. Re fer to ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 373

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 346 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 5. SPEECH P ATH (TSW) SYSTEM FAULT This section e xplains t he fault repair procedur e when any o f the faults shown in T able 5-7 ha s occurre d in the whole system. 5.1 Chec k P oint When repa iring a speech pat h fault, cons ider that when an y of the fau lts sho wn in Ta b l e 5 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 374

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 347 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Figure 5- 8 Speech Path Block Diagram IMG0 TSW 02 To IMG2 TSWM TSW 00 TSW /INT MUX 003 MUX 002 MUX 001 MUX 000 PIM 3 LC/TRK MUX Symbols : Speech Path : Circuit Card (active) TSW: P H-SW12 MUX: PH -PC36 LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 2 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 1 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK LC/TRK MU ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 375

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 348 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figure 5-8 Speech Path Blo ck Diagram (Continued) IMG2 TSW 00 To IMG0 TSWM TSW 02 TSW /INT MUX 023 MUX 022 MUX 021 MUX 020 PIM 3 LC/TRK MUX Symbols : Speech Path : Circuit Card (Active) TSW: PH-SW12 MUX: PH- PC36 LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 2 LC/TRK MUX LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX PIM 1 LC/TRK MUX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 376

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 349 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 5.2 Speec h Pa th System Fault - F ault Related to Speec h Faulty Sit uation: • Fault r elated t o speech s uch as nois e, one-wa y speech, no -speed, et c. occurs. • Even if dialing started, Di al Tone (DT) does not s top. • [ 1-C ] Both TSW Write Fa ilure • [ 1-D ] TSW Wr ite F ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 377

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 350 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Chec k to se e if a stati on- to-sta tio n con necti on can be s et up and iden ti fy a c ircuit card r es pon- sible for th e fault . Perform t he abo ve check by ext racting the MUX circuit cards indi vidually . When the PLO (PH-CK16/1 7/16-A/17-A) circui t c ard is mounted for di ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 378

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 351 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES (2) For Single Conf igurati on Check to see if the f ault occur s by ext r acti ng TSW circ uit cards one by one. Replace the TSW circuit ca rd referring to Sectio n 2.3.2, TSW Card Replacemen t Procedur e , in C hapte r 4 . Check to see if a sta t ion-to -station connec tion can be set ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 379

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 352 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S When the P LO (PH-CK16/17) c ircuit car d is m ounte d f or di gita l int erfa ce, repl ace the PLO c i rcuit card with a sp are and check it. Set MB swit ch of t he PL O circ uit ca rd to U P side. Conf irm A CT lamp on the P LO c irc uit ca rd goes out. Extract PLO circuit card fr ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 380

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 353 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 5.3 Speec h Pa th System Fault - When Dial T one (DT) Cannot Be Hear d Faulty Sit uation: • Dial T one (DT) cannot be heard. • [ 1-A ] Both TSW F ailure (Permane nt) • [ 1-E ] Bo th TSW Clock F ailure • [ 4-C ] Both TSW Ready F ailure • [ 23-Y ] MUX Clo ck Failu re Note: F or d ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 381

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 354 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 5.4 Speech P ath System Fault - STBY Side Has B ecome Faulty Faulty Sit uation: • A faul t occu r red in th e ST B Y si d e of th e du a l conf igu ra tio n syst em . • [ 1-B ] TSW Fa ilure (Permanent ) • [ 1-D ] TSW Wr ite Failu re • [ 1-F ] TS W Clock Failure • [ 4-D ] T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 382

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 355 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Faulty Sit uation: • F ault re lated to speech suc h as noi se, one-w ay speech, no- speed, etc. occur s. • Ev en if dial ing started, Dia l T one (DT) does not stop. • [ 1-C ] Bo th T S W W ri te Failure • [ 1-D ] TSW Wr ite Failu re Check to se e if fault occ urs by extr acting ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 383

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 356 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 6. CONTROL SYSTEM F AU LT This sectio n ex p l a in s th e faul t rep air pr oce d ure fo r the co n trol s yste m listed i n T able 5- 8 . 6.1 Chec k P oint When re pai r ing the contro l system, check the status of the follo wing lamps: • CPR • GT • TSW • MUX • EMA circ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 384

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 357 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Figure 5-9 CPU Controlling Bl ock Diagram LPM EMA IOC / MISC ISAGT 0 LANI PWR PWR CPU 0 MEMORY PCI BUS ISA BUS CPU board CPR CPU clock CPR (ST -BY) Reset Signal MISC BUS MISC BUS ISAGT 1 T M T LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK P ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 385

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 358 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figure 5-9 CPU Cont rolling Block Di agram (Conti nued) LPM EMA IOC / MISC ISAGT 0 LANI PWR PWR CPU 0 MEMORY PCI BUS ISA BUS CPU board CPR CPU clock CPR (ST -BY) Reset Signal MISC BUS MISC BUS ISAGT 1 T M T LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/TRK MUX MUX LC/TRK PM BUS PM BUS LC/T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 386

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 359 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 6.2 Contr ol System F ault - F ault Occur s Intermittentl y Faul ty Situ ati o n: • Faul t occu rs inter mit tentl y at AC T s ide in the d ua l conf igura tio n syst em. • Fault oc curs intermi tt ently in the single configu ration syst em. • [ 0-C ] ~ [0- K] CPU Failur e • [ 1- ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 387

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 360 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S (2) For Single Conf igurati on Rep lace th e rela ted cir cui t card (C PU, GT , TSW , MUX, EMA) with a spare, and check. R e place the cir cu it card (C P U, GT , TSW , MU X, EMA) indivi dually b y referring to the followin g section s in Chapter 4 : • Section 1.3.1, CPR Repl ace ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 388

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 361 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 6.3 Contr ol System F ault - STBY Side Is Faulty Faul ty Situ ati o n: • F aul t has occurred in the STBY side of dual conf igurati on syst em. • [ 0-I ] STBY CPU Fail ure • The A CT side has bec ome faulty , and system changeo ver has ex ecuted. • [ 0-C ], [ 0-H ], [ 0-J ] P ro ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 389

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 362 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figure 5-10 Ala rm Bus Cable Conne ctions Diagram IMG 0 MUX 0 LC/TRK MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 3 ALMA ALMB DSPL TO P U MUX 0 LC/TRK MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 0 ALMA ALMB LED 3 LE D2 LED1 ALM3 MUSIC ALM2 ALM1 EMA EMAFH ALM ALM DSP PA L M 1 MUX 0 LC/TRK MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 1 ALMA ALMB MUX 0 LC/TRK M ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 390

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 363 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Figure 5-10 Alarm Bus Cable Connections Diagram (Contin ued) IMG 2 MUX 0 LC/TR K MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 3 ALMA ALMB DSPM TO P U MUX 0 LC/TR K MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 0 ALMA ALMB LED3 LED2 LED1 ALM3 MUSI C ALM2 ALM1 DSP DSP PA L M 1 MUX 0 LC/TR K MUX 1 PWR DPWR PIM 1 ALMA ALMB MUX 0 LC/TR K MUX 1 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 391

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 364 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 7. ALARM INDICATION FAULT This secti on explains the fau lt re pai r procedure where any of the faults shown in T able 5-9 occur . 7.1 Chec k P oint When repa iring an al arm indicat ion fau lt, check the alarm cab le route sh own i n Figure 5-11 and Figur e 5- 12 . 7.2 F ault of Al ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 392

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 365 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES Figure 5-11 Ca ble Routing f or Alar m Indications Figure 5-12 Cabling Related to Al arm Indi catin g Pane l A DSP A DSPL Alarm Lamps TOP U PIM3 PIM2 PIM1 PIM0 LPM EMA MDF 16PH EXALM CA Alarm Indicating Panel ALMA ALMB ALMA ALMB A A ALMA ALMB ALMA ALM : Flat Cable : CHAM P Connector-Ende ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 393

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 366 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 7.3 F ault That Cannot Be Det ected Check the DSP fla t cable (See Figure 5-10 .). If the E MA car d is rem ove d fro m th e syst em wh ile the sy ste m is in oper atio n und er the con trol of th e CPU #1, the syst em will reset and stop all call processi ng. See Section 1.3.2 , EM ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 394

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 367 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 8. P OWER SUPPLY FAULT This section e xplains t he fault repai r procedure wh en any of the fau lts shown i n T a ble 5- 10 occur. 8.1 Chec k P oint When r epair ing a power s uppl y faul t, c onsid er t he fo llowing i tem s: (1) Before c hecking the system, check the rectif ier , batte ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 395

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 368 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figu re 5-14 Bl o ck Dia gram o f Power Su ppl y Syste m (IM G1) Figure 5-15 Block Diagram of Power Supply System (IMG2/3) Note: PWR1 is mou nte d w h en po we r supply s yst e m is a dual system co nfi gurat ion. PWR 0 PWR 1 LC/TRK LC/TRK MUX0 MUX1 LC/TRK LC/TRK PIM3 Note PWR 0 PWR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 396

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 369 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES (4) Figure 5-16 sho ws the powe r supply syst em for PIM. Figu re 5-1 6 P ow er Supp ly to PIM (5) Figure 5-17 sho ws the po wer supply syst em for LPM. Figure 5-17 Power Sup ply to LPM DC-DC CONV RGU HOW -48V NFB +80V rel RGU REL PWR0 -48V +80V Note +5V, +12V, -5V CR (for LC) HOW (for L ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 397

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 370 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S (6) Figure 5-18 sho ws the powe r supply system for TSWM. Figure 5-18 Power Supply to TSWM +5V, +12V, +5V (To MISC Cards) -48V (To MISC, GT, TSW , DLKC, PWR1 PWR0 DC-DC CONV DC-DC CONV -48V +80V REL REL -48V +80V -48V -48V PLO Cards) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 398

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 371 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 8.2 Fuse Bl own F ault Check the backplane of the PIM. Make a vi sual chec k on the backplane for pin contact ing, melting o r burn, etc. Extr act all the ci rcu it card s from the P IM, and in sert them back in to thei r slo ts individ ually to see if the fu se blows. Set the MB s witch ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 399

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 372 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 8.3 Circuit Breaker OFF Fault in PWR Supply Check the backplane of the PIM. Make a visual c heck on the backplane for pin contact ing, melting o r burning, etc. Extr act all the cir cui t card s fr om th e PIM , and make a visual che ck of the ci rcuit card s. Set MB switc h of the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 400

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 373 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 8.4 F ault of Alarm Lamps on PWR Suppl y Note: Insert eac h PWR supply wit h its MB switc h to UP side, and then set it bac k to DO WN side. Press RESET butt on of the PWR supply . Alarm lamp goes ou t. FA U LT S U P E R V I S I O N Alarm lamp ill uminates again . Set the MB switch on th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 401

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 374 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 9. FAN UNIT FAULT This secti on explains the fau lt repair proc edur e where a fan in the Fan Unit (FANU) does not operate . 9.1 Chec k P oint (1) When repai ring a F ANU fault , ex ercise care about the follo wing conditi ons. The fans (a total of 3) are acti vated by operatin g th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 402

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 375 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 9.2 F an Unit F ault Set the PWR SW key on the PZ-M369 to the ON posit ion. When th e fan spin s Set PWR SW key to AUTO posit ion, and short th e thermal relay of th e thermal uni t. If the f an does not operate Chec k the connector cable bet ween the F ANU and the ther mal unit. If the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 403

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 376 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 10. T ONE FAULT This sect ion explains the faul t repair procedure when an y of the variou s tones cannot be heard in the whol e syste m. 10.1 Check P oint When repai r ing a ton e fault, cons ider that the tone generator circui t is equi pped in the TSW circuit card and suppl ies t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 404

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 377 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 10.2 T one Fa ult Replace t he TSW circ uit card with a spar e and chec k. When only Hold T one is fau lty If Externa l Hold T one source is in use Check the e xternal e quipment whic h sends out hold tone. Check cros s connect ions on the MDF . Figure 5- 21 shows a b loc k di agram of e ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 405

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 378 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S Figure 5-2 1 External Hold To ne Suppl y Blo ck Diag ram Note: If PH-CK16-A/PH- CK17-A is used, multi ple connect ions ar e made between PLO#0 and PLO#1. Refer to t he des cription of PH-CK16-A or PH-CK17-A in the Ci r cuit Car d Manual. PLO 1 External Tone Source (Option) To Musi c ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 406

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 379 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 11. SYSTEM DOWN F AULT This s ection explains the f ault repa ir proced ure when both the CPU and TSW syst ems are faulty. Figure 5-22 shows the sequenc e of repair fo r system down fa ult. Figure 5-22 S ystem Down Fa ult Repair Sequence When c ause for the f ault can not be ident ified: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 407

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 380 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 11.1 W hen Cause for F ault Cannot Be Identif ied Check power supply circuits. Che ck voltage (DC: -4 8V , ±5V) a t LOAD side of the re ctif ier . Confirm tha t NFB (circuit breaker) on all PWR supplie s is at ON positi on (UP side). Chec k t o see if t here is a ny PWR s up ply to ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 408

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 381 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES (1) Check by minimizing t he system c onfigurat ion Mount only the b asic circui t car ds in CPU No. 0 syst e m and init ia liz e. Remove all circ uit cards fr om CPU No. 0 syst em exc ept the b asi c circ uit c ard s. Circ u it ca rd s to be m ount e d are as fol lo w s: CPU, EMA, TSW, ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 409

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 382 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 11.2 W hen Faulty Cir cuit Car ds Can Be Assumed Fr om System Message Faulty Sit uation: When the sys tem is down with me ssage [ 0-C ] ~ [ 0-J ] indicat ed, fault y circuit cards can be assumed from the mes sa ge de ta il dat a. R ep la ce ci rc uit ca rds w it h spar es. Replace f ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 410

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 383 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 12. COMMON CHANNEL INTEROFFICE SIGNALING (CCIS) LINE FAULT This secti on explai ns the fault repair pro cedure when any of the faults shown in T able 5-11 occur to a sp ecific CCIS line. 12.1 Check P oint When r epair ing a CC IS Line fa ult, cons ider t he followin g item s: (1) Check a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 411

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 384 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 12.3 Specific CCH/CCT Card I s Fau lty Check by r eplacing CCH/CCT card wit h a spare. On CCH/CCT card, set t he MBR switch UP . On CCH/CCT car d, set MBR switch UP and extra ct th e card from it s moun tin g slot. Make switc h settings on a new CCH/CCT car d. On new CCH/CCT card, s ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 412

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 385 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 12.4 Fault of CCH, DTI and Relat ed Flat Cab le Check conn ectors and fla t cable s between DTI and CCH. On DTI card s, set MB switch UP . On CCH card, se t MBR switch UP . Check the connect or . Check whethe r the connector is correctl y con- nected o r not. If the co nnection i s found ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 413

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 386 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 13. INTEGRATED SER VICE DIGITAL NETWORK ( ISDN) LINE F AULT This secti on explai ns the fault repair pro cedure when any of the faults shown in T able 5-12 occur to a sp ecific ISDN. 13.1 Check P oint When rep a irin g an I SD N Li ne fault, cons ide r the foll owing i tems: (1) Che ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 414

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 387 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 13.3 Specific DCH/PRT Car d Is F aulty Check by repl acing the DCH/PR T card with a spare . On DCH/PR T card, set MBR switch UP . On D CH /PR T ca rd, s et M B sw itch UP and extract the card f r om i ts mounti ng slot . Make switc h sett ing on a n e w DCH/PR T card. On new DCH/PR T car ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 415

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 388 Issu e 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURE S 13.4 Fault of DCH, DTI, and Related Fl at Cable Check the connec tors and flat cables between DTI and DCH. Check the connector . On DTI cards, set MB switch UP . On DCH card, set MBR sw itch UP . Check whethe r the conne ctor is correc tly connecte d. If the conne ction i s found i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 416

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 5 Page 389 Issue 1 FAULT REPAIR PR OCEDURES 14. HARD TIME CLOC K FAULT This sect ion explains the procedu re for re pairi ng a hard ti me clock fa ilur e whic h occurs wit hin the EMA card. Replace the EMA card. If the EMA card is remo ved from the syst em while th e syst em is in ope rat ion under the con trol of the CPU #1, the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 417

    CHAPTER 5 ND A-24300 P ag e 390 Issu e 1 This page is for your notes. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 418

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 391 Issue 1 CHAPTER 6 SY STEM OPERATIONS To ma intain the sy stem in a nor mal state, mai ntenanc e te chnician s need to mon itor the se rvicing st atus of the syste m. Figure 6- 1 shows th e fl ow of the sy stem status monit or. When troubl e occurs in any part of t he system or to any phase of system oper ations, mainten ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 419

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 392 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 1.2 Ho w to Stop Alarm I ndications T o stop the a larm indicat ion, pres s ALM RST ke y on the T OPU or use the RALM command . Note: If the RALM comman d is e xecuted, the syst em messag es that sh ow the r eason for the fail ure wi ll be clear ed. Always print the indicated system mess ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 420

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 393 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 1.4 V ariable Alarm Indic ation This featu re allo ws PBX users to make a fle xible cha nge of syste m message output grades which range 0 to 3 and alarm lamp grades which consist of MJ, MN, SUP and NONE. Thus, the PBX users can gi ve a proper al arm grade to each syste m message accordi ng t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 421

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 394 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 2.2 Displa y on MA T Set Scannin g to Scannin g ON (default ) on the Scann ing PBX form to collec t system message s. If an y mes- sage is collect ed, the inf ormation is displa yed in the te xt box on the DFTD command form. 3. INDICATION OF LOCK O UT STATIONS When a stat ion is in locko ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 422

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 395 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-5 Reco very Procedure Fr om Lock out Station (Continued) COMMAND COMMAND FULL NAME RLST Release Station/T runk A RLST command (Co nfir m: D T) Hear DT? Replace 16LC card with a s pare. Circuit may be faulty temporarily . Observe situation for a while. Forcibly release the lockout sta ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 423

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 396 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 4. LINE LOAD CONTROL In the PBX, Line Load Control c an be activa ted automat ically or ma nually as a countermeasure against ab nor- mal t raf fic congest ion. In the case of au tomati c control , the system auto maticall y monitors an overload ed situati on and restri cts out- going ca ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 424

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 397 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS • Canc elli ng Figure 6-7 Line Load Cont rol Operations on ATTCON — Cancelling Figure 6-8 Locat ions of Lamps ( ATTCON ) Press LOOP key. Press CANC EL key. • Lamp ( Fi gure 6-8 ) on cont rol panel lights. • System message [ 6- D ] displa ys. (SST) Dial the access code for cancelling L ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 425

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 398 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (2) K ey Operatio ns on th e Desk Console (DESKCON) By the oper ations on t he Desk Consol e, restrictio n is appli ed on an outgo ing call f rom a station ha ving SFC in which t he SFI = 16 (Line Load Control) of ASFC command is set as RES=0 (incoming calls t o that st ation ar e allo w ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 426

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 399 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-11 Line Load Cont rol Indication (DESKCON) (3) Operati ons on the MA T By enter ing ALLC command fro m the MA T , Line Load C ontrol ex ecutes. The s tation to b e controlled a nd the cont ent s o f the Line Load Control e x ecuted on the MA T are the same as t hose in Step (1) , Ope ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 427

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 400 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 5. IOC LINE MONITOR (1) Funct ion al Outline This funct ion moni tors the IOC port s tatus . As a resu lt of th e mo nitor ing by this func tion, the foll owing is executed : • Whe n the c onn ectio n with a port h as b een dis connec ted, it i s rep ort ed by a message . • When the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 428

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 401 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 6. LINE MANAGEMENT The fo llowing ex planatio ns apply t o line manag ement: • Make-Bus y/Make-Busy Cance l of Station and Dat a T erminal • Class Change and Numbe r Change of Station a nd Data T erminal • Make-Bus y/Mak e-Busy Cancel o f C.O. Line/T ie Line 6.1 Make-Busy/Make- Busy Can ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 429

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 402 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 6.2 Class Cha nge and Number Chan ge of Station and Data Te rminal Figure 6- 12 sho ws the procedure for class change and number change of station and data term ina l. Figu re 6-12 Class Change and Number Change of Station and Data Terminal Procedure 6.3 Make-Busy/Make- Busy Cancel of C. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 430

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 403 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 6.4 Line Mana gement Commands 7. STATION MESS AGE DETAIL RECORDING SYSTEM (SMDR) Billin g informa tion can be manage d by con necting th e PBX system and an externa l compute r (SM DR equip- ment). Note: The SMDR equip m ent and it s softwa re must be p rovided by the use r. The PBX s ystem p ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 431

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 404 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 7.1 T ransmission Data t o SMDR Equipment (1) T ransmission F or m at As seen in the f igure belo w , the basi c information to be trans m i tted (T ransmi ssion Message ) is a block which be gins with Sta rt of T ext (STX) and ends with End of Text (ETX). When the call ends, the whole c ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 432

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 405 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T able 6-3 ASCII Code CHARA C- TER ASCII CODE REMARKS HEX. BINAR Y DIGIT b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 3 0 00110 000 1 3 1 00110 001 2 3 2 00110 010 3 3 3 00110 011 4 3 4 00110 100 5 3 5 00110 101 6 3 6 00110 110 7 3 7 00110 111 8 3 8 00111 000 9 3 9 00111 001 SP A CE 20 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Special C ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 433

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 406 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-14 Message Format for Outgoing Call BYTE DATA CALLED NUM BER CALL OFFICE 60 92 96 100 (SEE PARAGRA PH 7.2.7) ONLY FOR NO. 7 C CIS (SEE PARAGR APH 7.2.8) MONTH BYTE DAT A ROUTE NUMBER DAY HOUR MINUTE SECON D 28 30 32 36 38 48 51 54 ROUTE BYTE DATA K A ROUTE NUMBER TRUNK NUMBER OR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 434

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 407 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-15 Message Format for Incoming Call EI-K BYTE D ATA CALLED NUMBER CALL OFFICE 60 92 96 100 (SEE SECTION 7.2.7) ONLY FOR NO. 7 CCIS (SEE SECTI ON 7.2.8) MONT H BYTE DATA 00 DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND 28 30 32 36 38 48 51 54 ROUTE BYTE D ATA E ROUTE NUMBER TRUNK NUMBER ORIG STATI ON OR ATT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 435

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 408 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figur e 6-16 Message Fo rm at for S tation-t o-Station Call K BYTE D ATA 60 92 96 MONT H BYTE DATA DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND 28 30 32 36 38 48 51 54 BYTE D ATA B SPACE (20 Hex.) ORIG STATI ON OR ATTEND- ANT TENANT MONTH DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND 1 3 6 9 10 12 18 20 22 24 26 CALLING PARTY INFO ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 436

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 409 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 7.2 Detail s on T ransmission Data 7.2.1 Calling P ar ty Inf ormation/Called P arty Informat ion • The 9th byte in dicates the type o f the calling (or called) party . The 10th through 17th byt es are data pertai ning to this calling (or call ed) pa rty . ORIG (Originat in g Source Id ent i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 437

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 410 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 7.2.2 Call Start/Call End Time Informa tion • The data wh ic h indicates Call Start T ime is as follo ws: • The data wh ic h indicat es Call End T ime is as fo ll o ws: THIS INFORMA TION SHOWS THA T THE CALL BYTE 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 4 11 5 DA T A MONTH (01-12) DA Y (01-3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 438

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 411 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 7.2.3 Called Number • The data wh ic h indicates the Called Num ber is as fol lows: 9-0471-83-0351 H AS BEEN DIAL ED. BYTE 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 71 70 90 91 EXAMPLE 0 4 7 1 8 3 0 3 5 1 SP ACE SP ACE SP ACE SP ACE DA T A 1st DIGIT 2nd DIGIT 3rd DIGIT 4th DIGIT 5th DIGIT 12th DIGIT 30 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 439

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 412 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 7.2.4 Account Code/A uthorization Code • The data wh ic h indicates the Account Code is as fol lo ws: • The da ta which indic ates the Auth orization Code i s as fo llows : Note: An Account Code i s a nu m erical cod e to be diale d (up to 10 digits) b y a station user with the capa- ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 440

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 413 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 7.2.5 Route Adv ance Inf ormation When a call h as been origi nated by route advan cing, the follo wing data is tran smitt ed. 7.2.6 Condition B Inf ormation The 51st through 53rd byt es ar e C onditi on B In for m ati on. The Condi t i on B Info rmat ion indicat es the follo wing dat a : BYT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 441

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 414 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 7.2.7 Call Metering Inf ormation The v alue of call metering fr om the Centra l Of fice is t ransmitt ed via the dat a from the 92nd by te to 95th byte. 7.2.8 Office Code of Calling (Called) Party and Billing Process Office The 96th b yte through 99 th byte in dicates the Of fice Code of ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 442

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 415 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 7.2.9 T ext Fo r mat of Centralized Billi ng - Fusion Belo w is the te xt format for bill ing info rmation (F usion) to be tr ansmitted to the SMDR equi pment. On the follo wing pages, Fi gure 6-17 through Fi gur e 6- 19 , provide de tailed inform ation. T able 6-4 Centraliz ed Billing — Fu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 443

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 416 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Note: Cond iti onall y Pr ov ide d: Info rma tion is pr ovided whe n data is effecti ve. Pr ovide d: In form ati on is pr o vided on e very call with no exce ption. -: Not availa ble. 14 C ondition D In f orm atio n + Bill Notification Attendant Co ns ole N um b er Conditionally Provid e ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 444

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 417 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-17 M essage Format for Outgoing Ca ll - Fusion Byte Data 1 10 5 15 25 20 30 40 35 45 55 50 60 65 STX 0 ! K K 0 1 1 FPC (3 digits ) Physi cal Route No. T runk No . Logica l Route No. 0 2 1 ORIG T enant (3 digits ) STN No . A TT CON No. RT/ TK No. (6 digits ) 0 3 02 FPC (3 digits ) Use ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 445

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 418 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-1 8 Message For mat for I n coming Call - Fusion Office Code of B illin g Process Offi ce Byte Data 1 10 5 15 25 20 30 40 35 45 55 50 60 65 STX 0 ! K L 0 1 1 2 FPC (3 digi ts) Phy sical Route No. T runk No . Logical Route No. 0 4 1 0 ORIG (Note) T enant (3 digi ts) STN No . A TT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 446

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 419 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-19 Message For mat for Station-to-Station Call - Fusion Byte Data 1 10 5 15 25 20 30 40 35 45 55 50 60 65 STX 0 ! K M 0 2 1 0 FPC (3 digi ts) ORIG (Note) T enant (3 digi ts) STN No. A TT CON No. (6 digits ) 05 02 32 FPC (3 digi ts) User G roup Number (3 di gits) T el epho ne Number ( ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 447

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 420 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Refer ence Data = 0 2: Ca lling Party Inf orma tio n (S tatio n Num ber) Data = 08: Cond ition B In format ion 02 10 O R I G T enant (3 digits) Station No . AT T C O N N o . RT / T K N o. (6 digits) ORIG: Or iginating Source Identification ORIG = 0: T ransm itted data depicts inf or mati ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 448

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 421 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Data = 09 : Alte rn a te Rou t ing In for m at io n (KK ) / Inc o m i ng R o u te Nu m b er (KL) Data = 13: Cond ition C In formation + Billing Info / Call Meterin g Info. 09 18 FPC1 (3 digits) FPC1: FPC actually used Physical Route No . 1: Physical route actually used Logical Route No . 1: L ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 449

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 422 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Data = 14: Cond it ion D Informati on + Bill Notif ication A TT CON Number Data = 16 : Au toma tic N um ber In dica tio n 14 01 • 04 D Bill Notif ica tion AT T C O N Number D - : Bill Notification (b y A TTCON) Not A vailab le 0 : Bill Notific ation (by A TTCON) Not Applied 1 : Bill No ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 450

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 423 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 7.2.10 T ext For mat of SMDR - TCP/IP Inte rface When using SMDR - TCP/I P inter fa ce, bill ing inf ormati on is outp ut to the bi llin g output de vice s con- nected b y an exte rnal LAN in t he form of sock et int erfa ce as sho wn in Figure 6- 20 . Figure 6-20 SMDR — T CP/IP Inte rface ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 451

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 424 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (2) Identi f ier 2: Sending Data T ext A text fo r sen din g billing dat a in resp on se to “ (1) Data Requ es t Tex t ” from th e clie n t . T ex t sending d irection: Client Ser ver The number of billing data records is 64 or less. (3) Identi f ier 3: Serv e r Response T ext A text ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 452

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 425 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS (5) Ide ntifier 5 : St atu s Mon itori ng T ext A tex t for use in monit oring the s erver stat us from the client ’ s vie wpoint or the clien t from th e serv er ’ s vie wpoint. At the same time, the te xt is use d to not ify the serv e r of the client stat us . T ex t sending d irection ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 453

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 426 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Note: Asteris k (*) ide ntif ies the tr aff ic meas ur ements that can be s aved on the HD of the M A T. 4* A TTCON Peg Count Measurement of the number of each type of call handled at the ATTCON/ DESKCON. 5* Rout e Pe g Count Measurement of the num ber of var ious types of call connect i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 454

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 427 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 8.2 Operati ng Pr ocedure 1. Procedure for Se t-up and St art The proce dure to set up and start the t raf fic me asurement i s as fol lo ws: STEP 1 By usi ng the ASYD/ASYDN command, assign th e necessa ry system da ta as follows: When perf orming traffic meas urement on a node basis : • SY ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 455

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 428 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-21 IPX “ MA T M e n u ” Display Imag e (Example) Figu re 6 -21 show s the IPX “ MA T Menu ” displ ay image. The display shoul d look simi lar to t he follo wing: Scan New Alarms/T raffic Office Name (assigned by ASYD/AOFC command Collect New Alarms Collect New T raff ic ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 456

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 429 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS (2) Data O utpu t - Deta ils on DT FD/D TFD N C om mand To obtain the collected Traffic data, you can use the “ DTFxxx ” or “ DTFx xxN ” command as shown below. The commands can be activa ted by yo ur direct l og-in oper ation ont o the MAT, but in normal case s, the com- mands ar e t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 457

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 430 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-22 DTFD Command Display Image (Example) Figu re 6-22 sho ws the DTFD command di splay image (exa mple). The DTFD/ DTFDN command shoul d look simi li ar to this. T raf fic Data Check box t o specify th e “ Traffic Data ” TYPE. Data co llectin g L o g This area di splays the c ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 458

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 431 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-23 “ Listup Report ” Windo w when “ View Data base ” is Selected (Exam ple) Figure 6-24 “ Export ” Dialog fo r Tr affic R ep or t Text Fil e Saving For m a t : Des t i na t i on: OK Cancel D i sk f il e Charact e r separ at ed val ues Expor t The di alog bo x, as s how n ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 459

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 432 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (3) Service Condi tions (whe n performin g Tra ffic Measu rement via TCP/ IP) (a) The NDM (netw ork-le vel) data f or the traf fic measuremen t order is rep laced/upd ated, at each time the sy s tem is in itia li zed o r da t a ch an g e is requ e sted fr om th e AT R FN com mand . (b) W ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 460

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 433 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 9. OFFICE DATA MANAGEMENT This sec t ion expl ains how to manage various ki nds of da ta such as Call Forwa rding Data , Individ ual Speed Calling Data, an d Office Data, etc. 9.1 Offi ce Data Stored Loca tions The o ff ic e data is sto red in the memor y (ME M) an d on th e Ha rd Dis k (HD ) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 461

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 434 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 9.3 Offi ce Data Mana g ement Procedur e The pr ocedure ge nerally t aken whe n changing the of f ice da ta is sho wn bel o w. Figure 6-25 Office Data Chan ge Procedure HDD_MA T command Note Direction Select : Verify H DD against MAT Data T ype Select : Data Memory , etc. MEM_HDD command ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 462

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 435 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-26 Office Data Chan ge Procedure HDD_FDD command Note System Select : HFD0/HFD1 Direction Select : Verify H DD against FDD Data T ype Select : Data Memory , etc. MEM_HDD command Not e Direction Select : Verify HDD against MEM Data T ype Select : Data Memory , etc. Entry Into Office D ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 463

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 436 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-2 7 sho ws the funct ion of thr ee backup commands: HDD t o FDD, HDD to MA T , and MEM to HDD. Figure 6-27 Ba ckup Commands NEC NEAX 2400 IMS MAT HDD FD FDD FDD MEM PBX HDD_FDD DM: Data Memory NDM: Network Data Memory LDM: Local Data Memory ND: Name Display Data RCF: Wireless Ca ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 464

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 437 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 9.4 Call Forwar ding Data/Indiv idual Speed Calling Dat a Management Call Forwa rdi n g Da ta and Ind ividu al Sp e ed Calli ng Dat a ar e change d at a ny ti m e be ca us e these ser vi ces are set /cancel led fr om the stat ion in volv ed. In the PBX, these data are backed up by FD. Call F ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 465

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 438 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 10. T EST OPERATIONS OF V ARIOUS KINDS This sect ion explains the methods of test operatio ns (shown in Figure 6-28 ) to be performed in case a fault recover y occurs. Figure 6-28 Test Operation Method Examples COMMAND COMMAND FULL NAME DCON Displ ay of Co nnec tion S tat us Displ a y of ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 466

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 439 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 10.1 Designated Connec tion T est (Station) (1) Gen eral The purpo se of this te st is to conf irm the operat ions rel ated to a trunk or t one th at is de signated fr om the test st atio n. R efer to Ta b l e 6 - 6 . The test res ult display s on the M A T screen as sys tem message [ 6-I ]. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 467

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 440 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (3) Designat ed Connecti on T est Procedure (a) R egister T est Pro cedu re Figure 6-29 Register Test Procedure/Connection Diagram • Access code is assigned b y ASPA command, CI=N, SRV= SSC , SID= 17 • Route numbers to be designated are as follows .: • If any of the dialed nu mbers ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 468

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 441 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS (b) Sen der T est P roce dur e Figure 6-30 Send er Test Pr ocedure/Connection Diagram • Access code is assigned by ASPA command, CI=N, SRV=SSC, SID=1 7 • Route number to be designated is as follows: • If any of the d ialed numbers are received correctly, a Reorder Tone (ROT) is heard. R ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 469

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 442 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (c) 3-P arty Conferen ce T runk T est Procedure Figure 6-31 3-Party Conferen ce Test Procedure Note: If the tr unk numb er of the ne xt 3- P arty Confer ence T runk is not ass igned, t he test ends. • Access code is as signed by ASPA command , CI=N, SRV=SSC, SID=1 7 • Rout e numbers ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 470

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 443 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-32 3 -P a rty Conferenc e Te st Connection Diagram TSTT TSTT TST T TSTT TSTT TST T ORT SST TRUNK DESIGNATION TEST IN PROGRESS 1 SEC. 1 SEC. 1 SEC . 1 SEC. 1 SEC. 1 SEC. 1 SEC. 1 SEC. (DT ) (SS T) (DT ) (SST) (DT) (SS T) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 471

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 444 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (d) T one T est Pr ocedure Figure 6-33 T o ne Test Procedure/Connection Diagram • Access code is assigned by ASPA command, CI=N, SRV=SSC, SID=17 • For Tone No. to be design ated, refer to T able 6-7 . • Tone designat ed by Tone No. is heard . Lift handset (Tone) Dial access code fo ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 472

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 445 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Table 6-7 Tone Numbers T ONE NO . KIND OF T ONE REMARKS 00 Dial T one (DT) 01 Special Dial T one (SPDT) 02 Ring Ba ck T one (RB T) 03 Contin uou s Ring Back T one (CRBT) 04 Busy T one ( BT) 05 Re order T one (R O T) 06 Service Set T one ( SST) 07 Seco nd Dial T one (SDT) 08 No T one 09 Sender ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 473

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 446 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (e) Inte rr upt Ringing (IR) T est Procedure Figure 6-34 Interrupt Ringing (IR) Test Procedure/Connection Diagram AA A A ORT IR SST • Access code is assigned by ASPA command , CI=N, SRV=SS C, SID=17 Lift handset Dial access code for designated co nnection (SST) (DT) TEST IN PRO G R ES ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 474

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 447 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS (f) T runk T est Pro cedure Figure 6-35 Tru nk Tes t Pr ocedure Not e: If the trunk numbe r of the next t runk i s not assigned, th e t est ends. • Access code is ass igned by ASPA command , CI=N, SRV=SSC, SID=1 7 Hang Up + “ 9xx ” RT No. “ xxx ” TRK No. Lift hands et Is next regist ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 475

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 448 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-36 Tru n k Test Connection Diagram A ORT TRUNK DESIGNATION CALLED PARTY DIALING CALLED PARTY DIALING NUMBER SENDING CALLED PARTY DIALING TRK A A A A A 2nd DT SYST EM CHARGING SERVICE PROV IDE D SENDE R SYST EM SND TRK ORT ORT TRK ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 476

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 449 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 10.2 Designated Connec tion T est (DESKCON/A TTCON) (1) Gen eral The purp ose of this test is to conf ir m the op erati ons r elat ed t o a t runk which has b een de signat ed fro m the Desk/Att endant Conso le (DESKCON/A TTCON). (2) T est Pr ocedu re (a) T runk seiz ure wit h TKSL ke y • W ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 477

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 450 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (b) T runk seizure by acc ess code dial ing • Special Code is assigned by ASPA command. • CI=N, SRV=SS C, SID-17 • C.O. Line No. is assigned by ACOC command. Press LO O P key or Lx (L1- L6) key (RBT) Dial “ xxxx ” C.O. Line No. Dial called party numb er Press CANC EL key Called ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 478

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 451 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 10.3 Bad Call Not ification (1) Gen eral When a stat ion user has trouble because of hear ing noise dur ing a call , or has oth er dif fic ulty ha ving a norm a l call, th e line in volved is reco r ded as a bad ca ll no t ificatio n. The record di splays on the MA T scre en as system message ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 479

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 452 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 11. RO UTINE DIA GNOSIS For conf irming its o wn serv icing status, the system aut omatical ly exe cutes self diag nosis every day, an d dis- plays t he result of the di agnosis on a sy ste m message. By th is function, possib le causes for t rouble can be dis- covered in an early sta ge ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 480

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 453 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS • SYS1, INDEX89, 90 — Routi ne Diagnosis Items : The item corr esponding t o each bit is t o ex ecute once a day . • Single Sy stem Conf iguration INDEX89 b0 — Main Memor y Check (MM Program Memory) 0/1 = No/Y e s b1 — DM Check ( DM = Data Memory) 0/1 = No/Y e s b4 — T runk Inef f ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 481

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 454 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS b6 — Ca ll F orwarding Dat a Clear (See Inde x 232) 0/1 = No/Y e s INDEX90 b1 — Backup Call Forwa rding, I ndi vidual Speed Dat a and Name Display Data t o HDD (see Inde x 304) 0/1 = No/Y e s b3 — Re sidual Link Detection 0/1 = No/Y e s INDEX304 b0 — Indi vidual Spee d Calling Da ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 482

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 455 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12. SYSTEM CONTROL PR OCEDURES Although the system is remarka bly maintenance free, maintenan ce technici ans occasio nally may confro nt a situat ion i n which t hey hav e t o manual ly cont rol t he sys tem. This cha pter descri bes sy stem co ntrol proced ure s focu sing on the foll owing ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 483

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 456 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS PLO Changeo ver: Though PLO is inc luded in t he switchi ng blo ck togethe r with the TDSW , MUX, and DLKC, its A C T/STBY change o v er shoul d be perfo rmed inde- pendentl y by operat ing the MB k ey on the card. The change ov er of PLO does n ot af fect an y other syst ems. Figure 6-3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 484

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 457 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T o perform the A CT/STBY system chan geover , check the l amp indica tors sh own in Figure 6-38 , and then o pera te the rela ted key . Note 1: LED indicati ons cited i n F igur e 6-38 ar e only an ex ample. The indicati ng pattern (ON/ Flash/OFF) can diffe r, depending on each system s etti ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 485

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 458 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T o perform A CT/ST BY system changeo ver , check the lamp indi cators sho wn in Fi gure 6-39 , a nd the n operate the related ke y . Note: LED indicat ions cited in F igur e 6-39 ar e only an e xample . The indicati ng pattern s (ON/Flash/OFF) can diffe r, depending on each system s ett ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 486

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 459 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T o perform the A CT/STBY system chan geover , check the l amp indica tors sh own in Figure 6-40 , and then o pera te the rela ted key . Note: LED indi cati ons c ite d in F igur e 6- 40 ar e o nly an e xampl e. The in dicating pattern (ON/Flash /OFF) can dif fer , depend ing on e ach sy stem ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 487

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 460 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS • Ho w to check the ST A TUS 7-se gment LEDs The AC T / STB Y st atus o f CPU c an be confirme d by view ing t he S TAT US 7-s eg me nt LED s. Visuall y check the LED i ndicatio ns and confi rm which CPU is ac tive in your system. When the ST A TUS LEDs displa y any of the two-d i git ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 488

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 461 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.1.2 How to Cont rol CPU Blo ck The CPU, when it is provi ded in a dual co nfi guration , can be switched over by one o f the opera tions sho wn in T able 6-8 . If the sys tem o f CPU is cha nge d over , the A CT/STBY of GT (in TSWM) a lso change s ov er . Note 1: While c hangeo ver of the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 489

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 462 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figure 6-42 System Block Dia gram (Switching Network Between CPU and GT) IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 TSW I/O BUS TSW I/O BUS CPR 0 CPR 1 MIS C BUS IOP0 Backboard Backboard Bus T External Cable TSW 00 GT 0 GT 1 CPU 1 MUX MUX MUX MUX TSW 10 TSW 01 MUX MUX MUX MUX TSW 11 TSW 02 MUX MUX MUX MUX TSW ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 490

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 463 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.1.3 Manual System Changeo ver of CPU T o ch ange over th e CPU syst em, th e CM OD co mm and is norm ally used . Howev er , if the comm and cannot be us ed for some reason, use the ke y operations lis ted belo w: Note: F or system chang eove r via the command, see Chapte r 8 . STEP 1 Deter ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 491

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 464 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS (2) C heck the mate CPU ’ s STBY mode. Also check the mate GT ’ s STBY mode . Refer t o Fig- ure 6-43 and Figure 6-4 4 . STEP 2 Flip the MBR key on the DSP o f the active CPU. Refer to Fig ure 6-45 . Figu re 6-45 CPU Changeover via MBR Key Note: If the MBR k e y r emai ns in the UP p ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 492

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 465 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.1.4 Forced Changeo ver of CPU Figure 6- 47 sho ws ho w to perform t he forced changeover of CPU by k ey oper- ation on the EMA (PH-PC40) card. Because the k ey opera tion will cau se the en- tire s ystem to in itiali ze, do not rely on this metho d except as a last resort. Figure 6-47 Forc ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 493

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 466 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.1.5 How t o Contr ol Switch ing Bloc k The Switching Block denot ed here includes the foll owing system equipment: • TSW (PH-SW12) • MUX (PH-PC36) • DLKC (PH-PC20) • PLO (PH-CK16/17 /16-A/17-A) Perform the requi red syst em changeo ver by using the CMOD command or by ope ratin ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 494

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 467 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.1.6 Manual Sys t em Chang eo ver of Speech P ath System T o ch ange over the ACT/ST BY o f Sp eec h Path S yst em, th e CMOD co mma nd i s norm ally used . H ow- e ver , if for some reason the command ca nnot be used, us e the ke y operat ions li sted bel o w. Note 1: As e xplained in thi ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 495

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 468 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Figu re 6 - 48 System B lock Diagra m (Sw itchin g N etwo r k for Sp eech Path Syst em) IMG0 TSW I/O BUS TSW I/O BUS CPR 0 CPR 1 TSW 00 GT 0 GT 1 CPU 1 TSW 10 TSW 01 TSW 11 TSW 02 TSW 12 TSW 03 TSW 13 DLKC 1 DLKC 0 PLO 1 PLO 0 ISAGT LANI LANI ISAGT LANI LANI ISAGT: PZ -GT13 LANI: PZ-PC19 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 496

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 469 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS STEP 1 Make sure the act ive Speech Pat h System. (1) Check al l the lamp indica ti ons in F igu re 6 -49 , which are in the sa m e switc hin g block. Figure 6-49 TSW/DLKC/MUX in ACT Mode Note: Because th is 4-IMG uses multipl e TSW and MUX car ds, be sur e to chec k all the cir cuit car ds c ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 497

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 470 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS Note: Because th is 4-IMG uses multipl e TSW and MUX car ds, be sur e to chec k all the cir cuit car ds concerned, whic h a re in the same Swit ching Blo ck. For example, if your sy stem adopt s the full y expanded system, you must c heck a total of 4 TSW car ds and a total of 16 M UX ca ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 498

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 471 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS (2) If t he system us es PH-CK16 or PH-CK17 a s the PLO, make sur e the acti ve PLO and the newly activ ate d TSW systems are in the same Switching Block . Refer to F igure 6-53 . Because th is card ’ s MUSI C ROM supplies hold t ones only t o the TSW card s that are in the same Swi tching ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 499

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 472 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.1.7 Manual System Changeo ver of PLO T o change ov er the syst em of Pha se Lock Osci llator ( PLO), use the ke y operation s liste d bel o w. Note: Though the PLO belongs to t he Switch ing Bloc k as e xplaine d in Sect ion 12.1.5 , it s A CT/STBY Switc hing Network i s separ ate fr ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 500

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 473 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS STEP 2 Flip the MB key on the PLO card. Refer to Figure 6-55 . Figure 6-5 5 PLO C hangeover via M B Key Note: If t he M B key r emains in t he UP pos itio n, the P LO sys tem a lso st ays i n it s m ake- b usy sta tus. Be sure to r eturn the k ey D O WN exce pt in the case of a special purpos ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 501

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 474 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS STEP 4 Analyze the dis played system messages. After STEP s 1 through 3 a re perfo rmed, the s ystem messages [ 7-U ] and [ 7-V ] will automat i- cally d isplay. Make sure that no errors occurre d dur ing the PLO cha ngeover proc ess. 12.2 Init ialization 12.2.1 Gener al This section e x ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 502

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 475 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.2.2 System Initial ization b y T urning ON P ower Suppl y This ini tiali zation e xecute s when the po wer supply to the sy stem has stopped. F ollo w the procedure i n T able 6-10 . T able 6-10 System Ini tialization b y T urning O n P ower Supply Pro cedure A CTION R EMARKS ST AR T A TTE ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 503

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 476 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.2.3 System Initial ization b y Ke y Operations on T O PU T able 6-11 sho ws the sys tem in itia lizat ion pro cedu re. Figure 6-57 sho ws the init ial prog ram load con - ception al diagr am. T able 6-11 System Initializatio n Procedure Ty pes TYPE DE SCRI PTION Procedure #1 ( T able ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 504

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 477 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS Figure 6-57 Conceptional Diagram of Initial Program Load HDD Main Memory Files Basic Softw are (#2-11)s (=PR OGRAM) Standard Service Softwa re IMA T Softwa re (#1- 2) TCP/IP Softw are (#1) Office Data Files Data Memory (ASYD , A UNT , (=SYSTEM D A T A) ANPD , ASP A, ASDT , etc.) Call F orward ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 505

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 478 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T o init ializ e the sys tem, check the la mp indi cati ons in Figure 6-58 , and operate th e keys on PZ- DK 222 (T OPU). Figure 6-58 Related K eys and LEDs for System Initial izat ion LOAD NON LOAD PROGRM NON LOAD SYSTEM DATA LOAD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 OFF MBR ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 506

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 479 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T able 6-12 S ystem Initia lization Without Loading [Procedure #1] AC T I O N 7SEG L ED/OP E LA MP /KEY SETTINGS ST AR T CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU lights ste adily green . IMG0-3 la mps flash. IMG0 lamp on the DSP of mate CPU flashes green. CPU OPE and IMGX lamps on both DSP go O ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 507

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 480 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T able 6-13 System Initializat ion With Office Data Loading Fr om HD [Procedure #2] AC T I O N 7SEG L ED/OP E LA MP /KEY SETTINGS ST AR T CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU lights ste adily green . IMG0-3 la mps flash. IMG0 lamp on the DSP of mate CPU flashes green. CPU OPE and IMGX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 508

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 481 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T able 6-14 S ystem Initialization w ith Program Loading From HD [Procedure #3] AC T I O N 7SEG L ED/OP E LA MP /KEY SETTINGS ST AR T CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU lights ste adily green . IMG0-3 la mps flash. IMG 0 lamp on the D S P of acti ve CPU fl ashes gree n. CPU OPE and IMGX l ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 509

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 482 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T able 6-15 System Initializatio n With Office Data And Program Loading From HD [P rocedur e # 4] AC T I O N 7SEG L ED/OP E LA MP /KEY SETTINGS ST AR T CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU lights ste adily green . IMG0-3 la mps flash. IMG0 lamp on the DSP of mate CPU flashes green. CPU ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 510

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 483 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS T able 6-16 System Initializatio n by Ph ase 1 Re start [P rocedur e #5 ] AC T I O N 7SEG L ED/OP E LA MP /KEY SETTINGS ST AR T CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU l ight st eadily gree n. (IMG0-3 l amps flash.) IMG0 lamp on the DSP of mate CPU flashes green. CPU OPE and IMGX l amps on bot ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 511

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 484 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.2.4 System Initial ization b y Ke ys on CPU Fr ont P anel This init ializa tio n executes when the IN ITIA L key on t he TOPU c anno t be used . The CPU ’ s acti v e st atus must be conf irmed befor e e x ec uting this t ype of init ial- izati on. Perf orm the proc edu re in T able ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 512

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 485 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.2.5 System Initializ ation b y SINZ Command The enti re system can be init ialized b y ex ecution of the SINZ comman d from the MA T , which is useful for m a int ena nc e t ec hni c ians w ho have to c o ntro l the s yst em f rom a dist ant lo catio n. Perfor m th e pro- cedure i n T able ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 513

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 486 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.2.6 P eripheral Equipment Ini tializati on (Line/T r unk Initializati on) Line/tr unk initializ at ion can be d ivided i nto two ty pes : i nitiali zation on an indi - vidual ch annel basis and in itializati on on a ci rcuit card bas i s. F ollo w the p roc e- dure in T able 6-19 . T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 514

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 487 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.3 Ho w to T urn ON/OFF Whole System A switchin g system, once put int o service, is seldom st opped. Ho w e ver , there may be a case when a switchi ng syst em must b e stopp ed due t o module e xpa nsion w ork, etc. In pr eparati on for such a case, t his sectio n expl ai ns the proced ur ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 515

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 488 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS 12.3.2 How to T urn OFF Whole System Confirm that the mem or y dat a ha s bee n b acke d up on the H D be fore turn ing OFF the sys tem p ower . When tur ning OFF the po wer supply , follo w the proce dure sho wn bel o w. T urn OFF the po wer supply in the uppe rmost PIM of the IMG stac ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 516

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 489 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS 12.4 System Start-Up The syste m start-up procedu res co nsist of the fo llowi ng types: Procedur e #1 (see T able 6-20 ) Exe cuted when the Basic S oftware and App li cat io n Software ha ve alread y been i nstalle d in the HD. Of fice Data has not been in sta lle d. Procedur e #2 (see T abl ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 517

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 490 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T able 6-20 Sta rt-Up When Basic & Application Software Is Installed [Procedure #1] AC T I O N 7SEG LED/OP E LAMP/KEY SETTINGS ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. CPU OPE lamp on th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 518

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 491 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS CPU OPE and IMGX lamps on both DSP go OFF . ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. CPU OPE lamp on th e DSP of ac ti ve CPU lights steady-gr ee n. IMG0-3 lamp s fl ash . IMG 0 lam p on t he D SP ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 519

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 492 Issu e 1 SYSTE M OP ERATI ONS T able 6-21 Sta rt-Up Whe n Basic, App lication Software , and Office D ata Insta lled [Procedur e #2] AC T I O N 7SEG LED/OP E LAMP/KEY SETTINGS ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. ST A ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 520

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 6 Page 493 Issue 1 SYSTE M OPERA TIONS CPU OPE lamp on the DSP of acti ve CPU light s steady-gr een. IMG0-3 ligh t steady-green . IMG 0 lam p on t he D SP o f mate CPU flashes green . ST A TUS LED (right) on the DSP of CPU is ON. (ON LINE) T able 6-21 Sta rt-Up Whe n Basic, App lication Software , and Office Data Inst all ed [Proc ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 521

    CHAPTER 6 ND A-24300 P ag e 494 Issu e 1 This page is for your notes. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 522

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 495 Issue 1 CHAPTER 7 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 1. GENERAL When a fault has occurred in t he system, ( for example when a fault has occurr ed to No. 1 cir cuit on the 16LC card), the stati ons connecte d to No. 1 ci rcuit beco me unservicea ble. When the 16LC card has been replac ed with a spar e to analyze the cause of ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 523

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 496 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 1.2 Required T est Equipment and T ools T able 7-1 sh o ws the tool s an d equip m ent req uir ed for t est procedures. T able 7-1 T est Equipment and T ools NO . TES T EQUIPM ENT/T OOLS PURPOSE REMARKS 1 T elephone Set A telepho ne set is used when performi ng connection t est ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 524

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 497 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2. ROUTINE MA INTENANCE PROCEDURES This section explains general routin e maintenance procedures to be performed on a daily, monthly, and quar- terly basis . T able 7-2 li sts each pr ocedure acc ording to t he time each procedur e is to be per formed. Use th e Referenc e Section to ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 525

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 498 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2.1 Ambient Conditions in Switc h Room Check Check the room temperat ure. Check the humidity in the room. If the tem p er atu re or th e humi dit y is outside the allowable range , ad jus t the air conditi oner . Check whether the room temperatu re is wit hin the ra n ge of 5 ? ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 526

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 499 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.2 Alarm Chec k Chec k al ar m i nd i cati ons o n the TO PU. If an alarm is indicated Che ck whether the al arm lamp on t he po wer supply o f any module is l it. Chec k wh ethe r an al arm l amp i s lit on any circui t card(s). Alar m recovery Refe r to Chapter 5 , diagnos e the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 527

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 500 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2.3 MAT/Printer Check Check the MAT. Syst em mes sag es are au tom ati cally s ent to the MA T HD fo r out pu t . Syst em mes sag es are au tom ati cally s ent to the extern al printer for output . T urn ON the MA T ’ s power . Confirm that the menu appear s on the sc re en. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 528

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 501 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.4 Collecti on of System M essa ges Cause syst em messages to be displayed. When a system message is displayed. Check the resul ts of routin e diagnosi s. When the sys te m is operat in g norma lly or after a fault is re st ore d Refe r to Chapter 3 . If the system message ind icat ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 529

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 502 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2.5 Displa y of Loc ked-out Station Check the displa ys of releva nt commands to loc ate an y loc ke d -out sta tio ns . Check the displays of the fol l o wing com mand s: • DLSL: Display in t he order of LENS • DLSS: Display i n the orde r of St ation Numbers When an y sta ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 530

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 503 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.6 Fan Unit Chec k When fan is set for auto mat ic start When fan is set for consta nt operation When fan is out of or der Pull F AN ST A R T s witch toward the f ron t an d set it to ON (UP) position . Conf irm that th e fan h as st arted running . Pull F AN ST A R T s witch towar ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 531

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 504 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2.7 Alarm T ests An al arm is to b e ge nera ted w hic h will b e dis pla yed at the DESKCON/ATTCON. Be sure to info rm the attend ant of the test in advance . Replace t he – 48V fuse in the F ANU with a blown fuse. Confirm th at an ala rm is indi cated on t he TOPU. Replace ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 532

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 505 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.8 Main Powe r System Che ck Note: F or a long e r battery li fe , observe the following items: • Place th e batteries in a dark, cool place . • K eep th e r oom temper atur e within the r ange of 10 ° C to 35 ° C (40 ° F to 85 ° F). • Floa ting v oltage m us t be kep t w ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 533

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 506 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2.9 T runk RGU Check Check ala rm lamps on th e line/trunk ci rcuit c ards. Check to s ee if a sy stem message pertaining to a circui t card ha s been output. Check the speech path fo r each PIM and al so check r i nging si gnal. START END ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 534

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 507 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.10 A TTCON/DESKCON Check (1) Attendan t Console Che ck Note: Adjusti ng T im e Method (se e F igur e 7-2 .) • If the Ho ur ( H ) b utton is pus hed once, the t ime wi ll advance one hour . (T o push the b utton, use a thi n object, such as a toothpic k.) • If the H button is h ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 535

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 508 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE (2) Desk Consol e Check Note 1: The lamp c hecks can be suspende d any ti me when the * ke y on the con t rol panel is p ressed. Note 2: The DESKCON obtains time informatio n only fr om the PBX side . Ther efor e, adjust the time and dat e using th e MA T command. Figure 7- 3 D ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 536

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 509 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 2.11 System Chec k Chec k th e O PE l amps (g reen ) on all c ircui t car ds. Check wheth er a syste m m essage per taining to t he CPU/TSW has been outp ut. Check spee ch conditions by establ ishing a station- to-stat ion connec tion at e ach PIM. If the condition is abno rmal , de ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 537

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 510 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 3. ROUTINE MA INTENANC E CHECK LI STS This secti on provide s check lis ts (Mainte nance Proc edu re Reports ) to be used when performing routine ma in- tenan ce. The Rou tin e Mai ntena nc e Che ck L ists con sis ts of th e follo wing ite ms: • Maintenan ce Procedure Repor t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 538

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 511 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE USER NAME SIGNATURE OF SUPER VISOR WOR K TIME (FR OM - ) Name of Us er (Company) Da te: Maintenanc e Clas sifica tion Routine/Non- rout ine Control No. Maintenanc e Company Name of E quipme nt Room T em perature - ° C ° F & humidi ty % Na me of Worker Refe rence Secti on Item ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 539

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 512 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE C.O. Tr unk/Tie Line T EST T YPE T EST ITEM CONNECTION DIAGRAM C.O. T runk/T ie Line Speech Pa th T est • Set up a spe ech path t est by seizin g a trunk usi ng the Sta tion o r A T TCON/D ESKCON connecti on test diag rammed t o the ri ght . • Conn e ctio n T e st- Sta ti o ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 540

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 513 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE Register/Se nder Tru nk (RST) T EST T YPE T EST ITEM CONNECTION DIAGRAM OR T Function • Perform the test by speci fying an OR T using the Connection T est-Stat ion. • Conf irm th at [ 6-I ] system message di splays as a result of the te st. DP/PB SENDER Function • Perform the ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 541

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 514 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE RST (/ ) FUNCTION T RUNK NO. ORT SENDER REMARKS PB RECE IVING DP RECE IVIN G RST No. OR T0 SND0 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 RST No. 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 RST No. 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 RST No. 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 542

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 515 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE Digital Confer ence Function T EST T YPE T EST ITEM CONNECTION DIAGRAM Three-wa y Conv ersat ion • Perform the test by specif ying an 8CF T using the Conne ction T est-Stati on. • Con firm th at [ 6-I ] system message displ ays a s a r esult of the test . FUNCTION T RUNK NO. SPE ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 543

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 516 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE 2 The operat or calls the stat ion back. Afte r norm al sp eec h pa th ha s been confi rmed, the a ttendant calls t he stati on back. Confir m that the station rings . MOUNTING LOCATION CHECK REMARKS MODULE NAME UNIT NAME PIM1 0 1 2 3 PIM2 0 1 2 3 PIM3 0 1 2 3 PIM4 0 1 2 3 Spee ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 544

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 7 Page 517 Issue 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE Attendant Conso le (A TTCON/DESKCON) T EST T YPE T EST ITEM CONNECTION DIA GRAM Call T ermination T est • Station dia ls the opera tor access co de and conf irm that the ca ll t e rm ina tio n is indicat ed at all the A TTCON/ DESKCON. • Station dia ls the operator access co de. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 545

    CHAPTER 7 ND A-24300 P ag e 518 Issu e 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANC E PROCEDURE FUNCTION A TTCON/ DESKCON NO. CALL T ERMINATION CALL ORIGINATION REMARK S INCOMING CALL INDICATION SPEECH RELEASE SPEECH RELEASE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 546

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 519 Issue 1 CHAPTER 8 MAINTENANCE COMMANDS 1. GENERAL This chap ter explain s various c ommands and li st up commands w hich ar e used in t he system ad m inist rative mana ge m en t pr o ced ur e. The tabl e belo w s h ows th e list of co m m an d s. T able 8-1 Comm and List COMMAND COMM AND FULL NAM E RE MARKS ALLC Assign ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 547

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 520 Issu e 1 MAINTENANCE COM MANDS DLSS_T Display of Lock Out S tation – Number – T elephone Number DL TEL D isplay of T elephone Number fro m LENS for LDM DNTEL Display of T elephone Number from LENS fo r NDM DPKG D isplay of Settin g Port Package DPSW Display P ackage Switch Status DSTN D isplay of Station Da ta DT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 548

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 521 Issue 1 MAINTENANCE COM MANDS FLINS T Fil e Inst all HDD_FDD Data C ontrol Between HDD and FDD HDD_MA T Data Control Between HDD and MA T HDD_MA T_N D ata Control Between HDD and MA T for NDM HDFP H DD Format o f PBX MBCT Make Busy of Co nnection T runk for LDM MBLE Make Busy of LENS MBPM Make Busy of Port Microprocesso ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 549

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 522 Issu e 1 ALLC: Assignment of Line Load Contr ol ALLC: Assignmen t of Line Load Contr ol 1. Functional Outline This command is used to des i gnate star t and sto p of line load contro l. 2. P arameters Input da ta ALL/ONE: Opera tion Mode Selectio n O/A=Only One L P/All LPs 2 is not va lid for 1IMG-system. LP: Local P ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 550

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 523 Issue 1 ALMG: A ss ignm ent of Alarm Grade Data ALMG: Assignmen t of Alarm Grade Data 1. Functional Outline This command i s used to make a f lexible cha nge of syste m me ssage outpu t grades. Thu s, the PBX user can give a proper alarm grade to eac h system mes sage according to their r equirem ents. When no data is a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 551

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 524 Issu e 1 A TRF: Assi gnme nt of T raffi c Meas ureme nt Or der AT R F : Assignment of T raffic Measurem ent Or der 1. Functional Outline This command i s used to a ssign and de lete traffi c measu rement pr ograms. A reques t fo r tr affic mea suremen t is perf ormed when a tra ffic measur ement inst ruction ha s bee ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 552

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 525 Issue 1 A TRFN: Assignment of T raffic Measurement Orde r f or Fus ion Netw or k A TRFN: Assignment of T raffic Measurement Or der for Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used to as sign and de lete tr affi c measure ment programs avail able on th e Etherne t. A reques t for traf fic measurement is per ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 553

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 526 Issu e 1 BOSD: Back Up One-T ouch Speed Call Memory Data BOSD: Back Up One-T ouch Speed Call Memory Data 1. Functional Outline • Sa ve Function • Saves the data re sid in g in the O n e- T ouc h Sp e ed Call Memo ry of D L C/ E LC car d on t o a floppy d isk. • V erify Func tion • V erif ies t he One-T ouch S ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 554

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 527 Issue 1 CADSD: Continuous Assignment of S tation Data CADSD: Continuous Assignment of Station Dat a 1. Functional Outline This co mma nd ca n as sig n/d elet e man y stat ion dat a si mul tan eous ly w hi ch have co nse cuti ve nu mber s. 2. P arameters Input Dat a T ype: Assign/Delet e [Whe n Assign is sel ec ted in th ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 555

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 528 Issu e 1 CADSD: Continuous Assignment of Station Da ta TEC: T elephone Equi pmen t Class [1-31 ] 1=DP (10pps ) 2=PB 3=DP/PB 4=DP (20pps ) 5-11=Not u sed 12=D term 13=Data T erminal via D term 14=Hot Lin e 15=CAS Line 16=Dat a T erminal via Dat a Module 17=Not use d 18=V irtual Line Appear ance (for D te rm Multi -Li ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 556

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 529 Issue 1 CADSD: Continuous Assignment of S tation Data When Delete is se lec ted i n the T y pe s elect ion list b ox Input Dat a TN(ST AR T): First T enant Numbe r TN(E ND): Last T en ant Nu mbe r STN(ST AR T): Firs t Statio n Number [Max. 6 digits] STN (END) : L ast St atio n N umb er [Max . 6 digi ts] STEP: Stat ion C ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 557

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 530 Issu e 1 CARR: Continuous Assignment of Alternative Route Res triction CARR: Continuous Assignment of Alternative R oute Restriction 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used to con tinuously assign/del ete the res tricti on data of rela y connection s between th e outgoing route and the in coming route. 2. P arame ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 558

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 531 Issue 1 CARRN: Continuous Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM CARRN : Continuous Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used to con tinuously assign/del ete the res tricti on data of rela y connection s between th e outgoing route and the incomin g rout ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 559

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 532 Issu e 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data 1. Functional Outline This command c an assi gn/delete m any trunk data simu ltaneously which h ave cons ecu tiv e n umb ers. 2. P arameters Type/KIND Note Note: :As sign/Dele te Note: Ty p e KIND [When “ Assig n ” i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 560

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 533 Issue 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data Buttons Exec ute: Click to make the input data v alid. Canc el: Cli ck to ca nce l th e input data. Exit: Click to exit this command. Display Data TK: A ss ig ned T runk Number LENS: Line Equipment Number ST A TUS: Data E ntry Resul t OK=Data Assignmen t is successful ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 561

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 534 Issu e 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data [When “ Delete ” is se lec te d in th e “T yp e /K IN D ” s el ect io n lis t box] Input Dat a RT: R o u t e N u m b e r TK(ST AR T): First T runk Number [1-768] TK(END): Last T runk Number [1-768 ] STEP: T runk Coun t-up Step [1-10] Note 1 Buttons Exec ute ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 562

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 535 Issue 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data [Detail s on Trunk Arrang ement “TYPE”] When assi gning the conse cutive t runk dat a by usin g the CATK command, y ou must se lect th e trunk arran geme nt t ype (1-6) in the “ TYPE ” par am et er . Se e the de ta iled e xam p l es b elo w : The followin g are ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 563

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 536 Issu e 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data TYPE=2 (Leve l → Unit → Group) T runk data is a r ranged in the fol lowing numer ical orde r. TYPE=3 (Group → Leve l → Unit) T runk data is a r ranged in the fol lowing numer ical orde r. LV 7 LV 6 LV 5 LV 4 LV 3 LV 2 LV 1 LV 0 LV 0 LV 1 LV 2 LV 3 LV 4 LV 5 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 564

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 537 Issue 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data TYPE=4 (Group → Unit → Level) T runk data is a r ranged in the fol lowing numer ical orde r. TYPE=5 (Unit → Level → Group) T runk data is a r ranged in the fol lowing numer ical orde r. LV 7 LV 6 LV 5 LV 4 LV 3 LV 2 LV 1 LV 0 LV 0 LV 1 LV 2 LV 3 LV 4 LV 5 LV 6 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 565

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 538 Issu e 1 CA TK: Continuous Assignment of T runk Data TYPE=6 (Unit → → → → Group → → → → Level) T runk data is a r ranged in the fol lowing numer ical orde r. LV 7 LV 6 LV 5 LV 4 LV 3 LV 2 LV 1 LV 0 LV 0 LV 1 LV 2 LV 3 LV 4 LV 5 LV 6 LV 7 1 13 85 02 11 95 05 3 87 7 91 05 06 U=2 U=0 03 02 2 86 00 6 90 0 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 566

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 539 Issue 1 CBCN: Control of Br oadc asting for NDM CBCN: Control of Broadcasting f or NDM 1. Functional Outline This comma nd is used to spec ify the dest ination of NDM data broadcas t from the NCN. This command is availa ble onl y at the NCN (Network C ontrol Node ). 2. P arameters Input Dat a TYP E: ALL (All t he Node s ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 567

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 540 Issu e 1 CCSE: Change of Common Signaling Channel Equipment CCSE: Change of Common Signaling Channel Equipment 1. Functional Outline This command is used to se t/reset the make bus y stat e of CCH circui t card . 2. P arameters CCH LENS: Line Equipmen t Number of CCH circ uit card [5 digi ts] MG=XX, UNIT=X, GR OUP=XX ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 568

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 541 Issue 1 CDBU: Change of Dch Bac kup CDBU: Change of Dch B ac k up 1. Functional Outline This comma nd is used to exec ute the D-channel ro ute changeo ver, associ ated with the D-CHANNEL BACKUP-PRI feature (for AT&T /NT/N-ISDN2). 2. P arameters Input Dat a MG: Module Group Number [00 -07] Note CNT : Number of Dch Ba ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 569

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 542 Issu e 1 CMOD: Change of System Mode CMOD: Change of Syst em Mode 1. Functional Outline This command i s use d to execut e A CT/ST -BY change of th e process or (CPU) /TSW and display t he status of CPU/CLK/TSW . 2. P arameters Input Dat a TYPE: T ype of Process (1,2) 1/2=Change Operat ing Mode/Ma ke Busy o f TSW DEV ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 570

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 543 Issue 1 CMWL: Control Message W ait ing Lamp CMWL: Control Message W aiting Lamp 1. Functional Outline This com mand is us ed to i ndicate O N/OFF st atus and to control th e Messag e Wa iting La mp ON /OFF (MW Lamp) a t the st ation. I f the station is a D term , this command can also be use d to cont rol Message Waiti ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 571

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 544 Issu e 1 CMWL_T: C ontrol Message W a iti ng Lamps – T elephone Number CMWL_T : Contr ol Message W aiting Lamps – T e lephone Number 1. Functional Outline This command is used to c ontrol/dis play the Message Waiting Lamp ’ s ON/OFF stat us, by usi ng Telephon e Num bers. Wh en th e sta tion is a D term , this ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 572

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 545 Issue 1 CPRS: Contro l led Alternate PRSCs CPRS: Contr olled Alterna te PRSCs 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is neces sary for the Contr olled Alte rnate PRSCs functio n. It eithe r select s the clas s used between two priorit y restric tion clas ses (Normal or Urgent), or indicates the class used. This command is ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 573

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 546 Issu e 1 CSCL: Continu ous Change of Station Class CSCL: Continuous Change of Station Class 1. Functional Outline This command can ch ange the station class information ( TEC, RSC, SFC) en bloc by designating the range of the st atio n num b e r. 2. P arameters Input Dat a TN: T enant Nu m b er STN(ST AR T): Firs t S ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 574

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 547 Issue 1 CSTN: Continuous Change of Station Number CSTN: Continuous Change of Station Number 1. Functional Outline This co mma nd can ch ange th e co nsec utiv e s tat ion num ber s en b lo c by desi gna ting th e sta tion num ber r ange . 2. P arameters Input Dat a TN: T ena nt N u m b er OLD STN(ST AR T): First Stat io ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 575

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 548 Issu e 1 DCBD: Display of Call Bloc k Entry Data DCBD: Display of Call Bloc k Entr y Data 1. Functional Outline This command is used to di spl ay the following Call Block data, assigne d to a station: • Number of sta tion/trunk whos e call is to be block ed (in the remai nder of this page, denoted as “ Rest rict ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 576

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 549 Issue 1 DCBD: Display of Call B lock Entry Data Display Data CNT: Registered “ Restri ct ion N u mber s ” in to t al (1-5 ) DC: Each “ Rest rictio n Number ” • When Ph ysical St at ion Number is re gistered – Max. 6 digits • When T elephone Number is re gi st er ed – Max. 16 digits • When T runk Call N ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 577

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 550 Issu e 1 DCEN: Display o f Connection T runk LENS D ata f or LDM DCEN: Displa y of Connection T runk LENS Data f or LDM 1. Functional Outline This command is used to display t he regis tered connecti on trunk/route d ata by d esignati ng LENS. 2. P arameters Input Dat a C_LENS: Line Equipment Number [6 digits] Displa ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 578

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 551 Issue 1 DCON: Display of Connection Status DCON: Displa y of Connection Status 1. Functional Outline This co mmand displays the connecti on status of the stati on and trunks. If the spe cified st ation or tr unk is busy, the conne cted party is d isplayed. 2. P arameters Input da ta T ype: Kind of Co nnec tion Stat us ( ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 579

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 552 Issu e 1 DFTD: Display of Sy stem Message Details DFTD: Displ a y of Sy stem Me ssage Det ails 1. Functional Outline This co mma nd i s n ece ssa ry t o pr int t he syste m mess age s detect ed b y the Fa ult Di a gnostic progr am s. When the f a ult scanning (Scanning PBX) i s eff ective, the MAT can scan the PBX st ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 580

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 553 Issue 1 DISS: Display o f Pr ogram Issue DISS: Displa y of Program Issue 1. Functional Outline This command outputs to the printe r and displ ays at the MAT, t he program info rmation (ver sion, issue No. and date) i n the main memor y, and the pr ogram information (SP No.and issue No.) i n the port m icropr ocessor mem ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 581

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 554 Issu e 1 DLEN: Display of LENS Data DLEN: Displa y of LENS Data 1. Functional Outline This command displays the data (station data or trunk data) assigned for a designate d LEN. For Hotel system, Room Class a nd Floor Ser vice Data [Annex (ANX), Ground/Unde rground (G), Fl oor (FLR) ] displays a l so. 2. P arameters ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 582

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 555 Issue 1 DLEN: Display of LENS Data G: 0=Ground 1=Under ground FLR: Floor (1-127) R T : Intern a l Route Number (See T able 8-5 .) TK C_R T : Connection Rout e Number (1-1023) C_T K : Co nne c tion Trunk Nu mbe r (1-4 095) T able 8-5 Internal Route Number Expla nat ion D A T A M EANING D A T A ME ANING 901 Attendant Cons ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 583

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 556 Issu e 1 DLSL: Display of Loc kout Sta tion - LENS DLSL: Displa y of Loc kout Station - LENS 1. Functional Outline This command print s the LENS of stations in loc kout state. 2. P arameters Input da ta T ype: T ype of Print out (1-3) 1=Print out of al l LEN in lock out 2=Print out of loc ked out LEN in the desig nat ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 584

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 557 Issue 1 DLSS: Displa y of Loc kout St ation - Number DLSS: Displa y of Loc kout Station - Number 1. Functional Outline This command print s the stations in loc kout state by station number. 2. P arameters Input da ta T ype: T ype of Print out (1-3) 1=Print out of al l lockout stations 2=Print out of loc kout st ations b ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 585

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 558 Issu e 1 DLSS_T: D isplay of Loc k Out Station – Number – T elephone Number DLSS_T : Display of Loc k Out Station – Number – T e lephone Number 1. Functional Outline This comman d is used to p r int out stations in lockout state, b y usin g Telephon e Numbers. Thi s command i s availa ble at NCN (for Fusi on ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 586

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 559 Issue 1 DL TEL: Display of T elephone Number from LENS f or LDM DL TEL: Displa y of T elephone Number fr om LENS for LDM 1. Functional Outline This co m ma n d, a v aila b le at e ach Loc a l No d e ( LN ), is u sed to di spl ay t he T el e p ho n e Numbe r o r othe r station data by designating a speci fic LEN. 2. P ar ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 587

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 560 Issu e 1 DNTEL: Display of T elephone Number from LENS f or NDM DNTEL: Displa y of T elephone Number fr om LENS for NDM 1. Functional Outline This command, ava i lable at Network Co ntrol Node (NCN) only, i s used to dis play the T elephone Numbe r or other st atio n data by d esig nat ing a specif ic FPC and LEN. 2. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 588

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 561 Issue 1 DPKG: Display of Setting P ort P ackage DPKG: Displa y of Setting P or t P acka ge 1. Functional Outline This command is used to displa y the circuit c ard name accommodated in each Gr oup of a spe cific U NIT. Note: When using thi s command, make sur e that each ci r cuit car d r elated database f iles have alr ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 589

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 562 Issu e 1 DPS W : Dis p lay Pack ag e Sw it ch St at us DPSW: Displa y P ackage Switch Status 1. Functional Outline This command is used to di splay the follo w ing informa ti on on a Line/Tr unk or Contr ol ci rcuit ca rd: [When MA T is in On-Line Mode (=co nnected t o the syst em)] • Current status of ea ch switch ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 590

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 563 Issue 1 DSTN: Display of St ation Data DSTN: Displa y of Station Data 1. Functional Outline This command is used to dis play the register ed Stati on Data cor responding to the des i gnated Te nant and Statio n Number. In addition, t he inform ation of Hot Lin e, D term Key Lay out, Hunting, and Call Pickup, etc, can al ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 591

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 564 Issu e 1 DTELN: Display of T elephone Number Data for NDM DTELN: Displa y of T elephone Number Data f or NDM 1. Functional Outline This comman d is used to displ ay the regis tered stati on data corre sponding to spe cified User Group Numbe r (UGN) and Te lephone Numbe r (TELN). The followi ng data relate d to Number ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 592

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 565 Issue 1 DTELN: Display of T elephone Number Data for NDM Selecti on Bu tt on CPGN: Call Pic kup Group (NDM) CPEN: Call Pickup Ex pand Group (NDM) SHUN: Station Hunting Group-UCD (NDM) SHCN: Station Hunting Grou p-Circula r (NDM) HLSN: Hot Line Statio n (NDM) SHPN: Station Hunting Group-Pil ot (NDM) KYD: K e y Data for D ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 593

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 566 Issu e 1 DTF101: D isplay of T erminal T raff ic Data DTF101: Displa y of T erminal T raffic Da ta 1. Functional Outline This c ommand disp lays the resu lt of traffic measurem ent data f or Type=1 (Terminal Traffi c) assi gned by th e ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traf ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 594

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 567 Issue 1 DTF102: Displa y of Route T raffic Data DTF102: Display of Route T raffi c Data 1. Functional Outline This command dis plays th e result of traffic mea surement data for Type= 2 (Route Traff ic) ass igned by th e ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traff ic- DTF102 Stati ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 595

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 568 Issu e 1 DTF103: Displa y of Station P eg Count Data DTF103: Displa y of Station P e g Count Data 1. Functional Outline This comman d di splay s the resul t of traf fic measure ment data for Type=3 ( Stati on Peg Coun t) as signed by th e ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 596

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 569 Issue 1 DTF104: Display of Attendant P eg Count Data DTF104: Displa y of Attendant P eg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This command displays the result o f traff ic measur ement data for Type =4 (ATT Peg Cou nt) assi gned by th e ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traff ic- D ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 597

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 570 Issu e 1 DTF105: Displa y of Route P eg Count Data DTF105: Displa y of Route P eg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This command displays the result of traffic mea surement data for Type=5 (Route Peg Count) assigned by the ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traff ic- DTF102 S ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 598

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 571 Issue 1 DTF201: Display of Service P eg Count Data DTF201: Displa y of Service Peg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This command display s the re sult of traffi c measuremen t data f or Type=6 (Service Peg Count) assigne d by the ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traff ic- DTF ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 599

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 572 Issu e 1 DTF301: Displa y of UCD Route P eg Count Data DTF301: Displa y of UCD Route P eg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This comma nd displays the result of traffic measu r ement data f or Type=8 (UCD Route Peg Coun t) assigne d by the ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route T ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 600

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 573 Issue 1 DTF302: Display of UCD Group P eg Count Data DTF302: Displa y of UCD Group P e g Count Data 1. Functional Outline This comma nd display s the result of traffic meas urement data for Type=9 (UCD Group Peg C ount) assigned by the ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route Traff i ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 601

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 574 Issu e 1 DTF303: Displa y of Station P eg Count Data DTF303: Displa y of Station P e g Count Data 1. Functional Outline This comman d disp lays the result of traff ic measure ment data for Type= 10 (UCD Stat ion Peg Cou nt) ass igned by the ATRF command. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DTF101 Route ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 602

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 575 Issue 1 DTF501: Display of Atten dant Answe ring P eg Count Data DTF501: Displa y of Attendant Answ ering P eg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This co m mand d isplays the res ult of traf fic meas urement da ta for Type=1 5 (ATT Answ ering Pe g Count) assigne d by the ATRF comman d. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Term ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 603

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 576 Issu e 1 DTF601: Displa y of Connection Route P eg Count Data DTF601: Displa y of Connection Route P eg Count Data 1. Functional Outline This comma nd display s the resu lt of traff ic measuremen t data for Type=18 (Conne ction Rout e Peg Count) assigne d by the ATRF comman d. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 604

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 577 Issue 1 DTF602: Display of Connection Rou te T raffic Data DTF602: Displa y of Connection Route T raffic Data 1. Functional Outline This command displays the resul t of traffi c measureme nt data for Type=19 (C onnection Route Traffic) assigne d by the ATRF comman d. 2. P arameters Traffi c Data 1: Terminal Tra f fic-DT ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 605

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 578 Issu e 1 DTF101N: Dis p lay of T erminal T raffic Data f or Fusion Network DTF101N: Displa y of T erminal T raffic Data f or Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used fo r displaying th e result of traff ic measurement dat a for “ Type ” =1 (Term inal Tr affic) assigne d by the ATRFN command . 2. ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 606

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 579 Issue 1 DTF102N: Display of Route T raffic Data for Fus ion Netw ork DTF102N: Displa y of Route T raffic Data f or Fusion Netw ork 1. Functional Outline This comm and is us ed f or dis pla ying the re sul t of tr aff ic me asu reme nt da ta for “ Type ” =2 (Ro ute Traf fic) assigne d by the ATRFN command . 2. P aram ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 607

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 580 Issu e 1 DTF103N: Display of Station P eg Count Data for Fusion Netw ork DTF103N: Displa y of Station P eg Count Dat a f or Fusion Netw ork 1. Functional Outline This com mand is used for d is playing the r esu lt of traffi c m ea surement data fo r “ Type ” =3 (Station Peg Co unt) assigne d by the ATRFN command ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 608

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 581 Issue 1 DTF104N: Display of Attendant P eg Count Data f or Fusion Netw ork DTF104N: Displa y of Attendant P eg Count Data for Fusion Netw ork 1. Functional Outline This command i s used for displ aying the result of traffi c measuremen t data for “ Type ” =4 ( ATT Peg Count) assigne d by the ATRFN command . 2. P ara ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 609

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 582 Issu e 1 DTF105N: Display o f Route P eg C ount Data f or Fusion Network DTF105N: Displa y of Route P eg Count Data f or Fusion Netw ork 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used fo r displayi ng the result of traffic m easuremen t data for “ Type ” =5 (Route Peg Count ) assigne d by the ATRFN command . 2. P ar ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 610

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 583 Issue 1 DTF201N: Display of Service P e g Count Data for Fus ion Network DTF201N: Displa y of Service Peg Count Data f or Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This comm and is use d fo r disp layi ng th e res ult of traf fic m easu rem ent da ta fo r “ Type ” =6 (Se rvice Peg Co unt) assigne d by the ATRFN command . ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 611

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 584 Issu e 1 DTF301 N : Di s p lay of UCD Rou te Peg Count Data for Fusion Network DTF301N: Displa y of UCD Route P eg Count Data f or Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This c ommand is use d for displa ying the re sult of traffic measure ment data for “ Type ” =8 ( UCD Route Pe g Count) as signed by the ATRFN com ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 612

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 585 Issue 1 DTF302N: Displa y of UCD Group P eg Count Data for Fusion Netw ork DTF302N: Displa y of UCD Gr oup P e g Count Data for Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This comman d is use d for di splayi ng th e resul t of traff ic meas uremen t data f or “ Type ” =9 (UCD Group Peg Count) as signed by the ATRFN comman ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 613

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 586 Issu e 1 DTF303N: Display o f UCD Station Peg Count Da ta f or Fusion Network DTF303N: Displa y of UCD Station P eg Count Data f or Fusion Ne tw ork 1. Functional Outline This co mman d is us ed for disp layi ng the r esu lt of traf fic m easu rem ent d ata for “ Type ” =10 (UCD Station Pe g Count) as signed by t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 614

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 587 Issue 1 DTF501N: Display of Attendant Ans w ering P e g Count Data f or Fusion Netw or k DTF501N: Displa y of Attendant Answ ering P eg Count Data f or Fusion Netw ork 1. Functional Outline This co mmand is used f or displa ying the r esult of t raffic measureme nt data fo r “ Type ” =1 5 (AT T An swer ing Peg Count ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 615

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 588 Issu e 1 DTF601N: Display of Connection Route P eg Count Data for Fusion Netw ork DTF601N: Displa y of Connection Route P eg Count Data for Fusion Network 1. Functional Outline This command i s used for displ aying the res ult of t raffi c measur ement da ta for “ Ty pe ” =18 (Connect ion Rout e Peg Count) assig ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 616

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 589 Issue 1 DTF602N: Display of Connection Route T raffic Data for Fusion Network DTF602N: Displa y of Connection Route T raffic Data for Fusion Net w ork 1. Functional Outline This command i s used for displ aying the res ult of t raffi c measur ement da ta for “ Ty pe ” =19 (Connect ion Rout e Traffi c) ass igned by t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 617

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 590 Issu e 1 FLINST: File Install FLINST : F ile Insta ll 1. Functional Outline This comma nd is us ed to instal l the DP SW- dedic ated databa se fi les to yo ur MAT . Thi s comm and is necess ary to provi de each circuit card ’ s variou s informa tion (such a s circui t card name, equipp ed switch names, etc.) when y ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 618

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 591 Issue 1 HDD_FDD: Data Control Between HDD and FDD HDD_FDD: Data Cont r ol Between HDD and FDD 1. Functional Outline This command is used to inst all the program da ta from FDD of PBX to HDD of PBX, and t o verify the pr ogram data between FDD of PBX and HDD of PBX. 2. P arameters Input da ta System Sel e ct: HFD0/HFD1 D ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 619

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 592 Issu e 1 HDD_FDD: Data Control Between HDD and FDD File Name Sele ct Auto V er if y Afte rw ar d Note 1: Wh en t his da ta is selec t ed, sp ecify th e fi le nam es in the “ F ile N ame S elect ” paramete r. Note 2: “ Pr ogr am data ” ca n b e val id w hen you se lect “ Floppy Dis k to Ha rd Disk ” or “ ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 620

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 593 Issue 1 HDD_MA T: Data Control Between HDD a nd MA T HDD_MA T : Data Control Between HDD and MA T 1. Functional Outline This command is used to sa ve the followi ng dat a from HDD of PBX to MAT. 2. P arameters Input da ta Directi on Select : PBX Hard Disk to M AT MA T to PBX Hard Disk V erify HDD ag ain st MA T Data T y ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 621

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 594 Issu e 1 HDD_MA T_N: Data Contro l Between HD D and MA T fo r NDM HDD_MA T_N: Data Control Between HDD and MA T f or NDM 1. Functional Outline This command, a vailabl e at the NCN onl y, instal ls (overwr ites) t he updated P rogram data from the cen tralized MAT onto the HDD of all local nodes. To us e this command, ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 622

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 595 Issue 1 HDFP: HDD Format of PBX HDFP: HDD Format of PBX 1. Functional Outline This command is used to exe cut e the form att i ng of the HDD of PBX. 2. P arameters Input Data (Sel ection b y check) 0 System: HDD of No.0 Syst em 1 System: HDD of No.1 Syst em Buttons Exec ute: Click to e xecute t he for matting. Close: Cl ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 623

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 596 Issu e 1 MBCT: Make Busy of Connection T runk for LDM MBCT : Make Busy of Connection T runk for LDM 1. Functional Outline This command is used to se t/reset the make bus y stat e of the connection tr unk. 2. P arameters Input Dat a C_R T : Connection Route Number [1- 1023 ] C_TK: T runk Number [1-4 095] MB: Make Busy ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 624

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 597 Issue 1 MBLE: Make Busy of LENS MBLE: Make B usy o f LENS 1. Functional Outline This command assign s the IDLE/BUSY status of Lin e Equipment Numbers (LENS). 2. P arameters Input da ta LENS MB: 0=M ake Idle 1=Make Bu sy ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 625

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 598 Issu e 1 MBPM: Mak e Busy of P or t Microprocessor MBPM: Make B usy o f P or t Micropr oce ssor 1. Functional Outline This comma nd sets or r esets the mak e-busy sta te of the ci rcuit card t hat contai ns the port microproces sor. This setti ng and rese tting is perf ormed indi vidually for each ci rcuit ca rd. If ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 626

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 599 Issue 1 MBRT: Make Busy of Route MBR T : Ma ke Bu sy of Route 1. Functional Outline This command assign s Idle/Busy stat us for al l the tr unks in the route desi gnat ed . 2. P arameters Input da ta R T : Route Number o f the e xternal rout e/inte rnal route. Ta b l e 8 - 6 provide s the meaning of the in terna l rou t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 627

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 600 Issu e 1 MBRT_LR: Make Bu sy of Rout e-Logical Route Number MBR T _LR: Make Busy of Route-Logical Route Number 1. Functional Outline This comman d is used for ass igning IDLE/BUSY sta tus of all the tru nks in the logical route design ated. Route number of the MBRT command can be assigned by using logical route. Note ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 628

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 601 Issue 1 MBSM : M ake Bu sy of Syst e m Mes sage Pr in tout MBSM: Make Bu sy of Sy stem Me ssage Printout 1. Functional Outline This comma nd allows or inhibits the system message printer to output sys tem messag es. 2. P arameters Input da ta POR T NO. : Port N umb er of th e pri nter MB: 0 =Make Id le 1=Make Bu sy ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 629

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 602 Issu e 1 MBST: Ma ke Busy of Stati on MBST : Make B usy o f Sta tion 1. Functional Outline This command assign s the Idle/Busy sta tus of station s. 2. P arameters Input da ta TN STN : Ma ximu m 5 digi ts f or Bus ine ss sys tem / Maxi mum 6 digits fo r Hotel sys tem. MB: 0=Make Idle 1=Make Bu sy ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 630

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 603 Issue 1 MBST_T : Mak e Busy of Stat ion – T elephone Number MBST_T : Make B usy o f Stati on – T e lephone Number 1. Functional Outline This comma nd is used to assi gn the IDLE/BUS Y status of stat ions, by using Telephone Number s. This command is a vailable at NCN (for Fusi on network) only. 2. P arameters Input ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 631

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 604 Issu e 1 MBTC: Make Busy of T runk-Continuous MBTC: Make Busy o f T runk-Cont inuous 1. Functional Outline This co m mand is used to a ssign t he IDLE/BUSY s tatus o f trunks . By usin g this command, plur al tru nks can be place d into IDLE/BUSY stat e simultaneous ly per a route designa ted in “ RT ” para m e t ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 632

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 605 Issue 1 MBTC_LR: Make Busy of T runk-Continuous-Logical Route Number MBTC_LR: Make Busy of T runk-Continuous-Logical Route Number 1. Functional Outline This co m mand is used to a ssign t he IDLE/BUSY s tatus o f trunks . By usin g this command, plur al tru nks can be place d into IDLE/ BUSY state simultan eously per a ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 633

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 606 Issu e 1 MBTK: Make Busy of T runk MBTK: Make Busy of T runk 1. Functional Outline This command assign s the Idle/Busy sta tus of trunks. 2. P arameters RT: R o u t e N u m b e r TK: Tru nk Number MB: 0=Make Idle 1=Mak e Busy (Outg oing) ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 634

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 607 Issue 1 MBTK_LR: Make Busy T runk-Logical Route Number MBTK_LR: Make Busy T runk-Logical Route Number 1. Functional Outline This command is use d to assign the IDLE/BUSY status of trunk s. Route number of t he MBTK command ca n be as signed by usi ng logical route numb er. Note 1: When log ging in to the NCN (Network Co ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 635

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 608 Issu e 1 MEM_HDD: Da ta Control Between Memory a nd HDD MEM_HDD: Data Control Between Memory and HDD 1. Functional Outline This command is used to sa ve the followi ng dat a from MEM of PBX to HDD of PBX, and vice versa. 2. P arameters Input da ta Directi on Select : Memory to Hard Dis k Hard D is k to Me m o ry V er ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 636

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 609 Issue 1 MEM_HDD_N: Da ta Control Between Memor y and HDD f or NDM MEM_HDD_N: Data Control Between Memory and HDD for NDM 1. Functional Outline This comman d, available at th e NCN only , is use d to sav e/verify a series o f Office Data fr om the Memory of all Loca l Nodes to the HDD of each same node . 2. P arameters I ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 637

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 610 Issu e 1 MFCH: Make Busy of FCCH MFCH: Make Busy of FCCH 1. Functional Outline This command i s used t o set or rese t the make busy state of the FCH ca rd. 2. P arameters Input Dat a FCHN: FCH Number [1-255] MB: M ake Bu sy In form ation [0/1 ] 0=M ake Idle 1=Make Bu sy ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 638

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 611 Issue 1 PMBU: P ort Micropr ocessor Back Up PMB U: P or t Micr oprocessor B ack Up 1. Functional Outline This command saves the cont ents of Port Micr oprocesso r (PM) ont o Floppy Dis k (FD) or v erifies them. Information of firmware (Program Code) also appears o n the screen. 2. P arameters Input da ta Directi on Sel ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 639

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 612 Issu e 1 RALM: Rele ase Alar m RALM: Release Alarm 1. Functional Outline This co mman d c lea rs th e fau lt indi cat ion s. 2. P arameters Input da ta WR T : Y=Alar m is re leased N=Not rel eased RETURN TO MENU?: Y=Re turn to MENU N=Start oper at i on again Display dat a Alarms Rel eased ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 640

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 613 Issue 1 RALMN: Rel ease Ala rm for NDM RALMN: Release Alarm for NDM 1. Functional Outline This comm a nd, av ail a b l e at the N CN on ly , cl ear s the fa ul t indicat i ons of all the No d es by cl icki n g the re le ase button o n the display. 2. P arameters Display dat a FPC: FPC of alarm re leased Node s Status: R ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 641

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 614 Issu e 1 RLST: Release Statio n/T runk RLST : Release Station/T runk 1. Functional Outline This command relea ses a station or trunk. 2. P arameters Input da ta TYPE: T ype of Select ( 1-4) 1=Stati ons 2=T runk 3=LENS 4=Connect ion Tr unk TN: Note 1 STN : Max im um 6 digi ts Note 1 RT: Note 2 TK: Note 2 LENS: Note 3 ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 642

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 615 Issue 1 RLST_T: Re lease of Stat ion/T runk – T elephone Number RLST_T : Release of Station/T runk – T elephone Number 1. Functional Outline This command is used to r elease a station/trunk, by using Telephon e Numbers . This command i s avail able a t NCN (for Fusion network) o nly. 2. P arameters Input Dat a TYPE: ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 643

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 616 Issu e 1 RLST_T: Release of Station/T runk – T elephone Number ST A TU S : Sta tus of Sta ti on/ Trunk (1-5 ) 1=Idle 2=Busy 3=Lock out 4=Make Bu sy 5=No w Callin g INFORMA TION: Informatio n on the connected party Note 6 ERN: Area Number ( 1-32) Note 7 GRN: Group Number (1-8) Note 7 CSN/ZTN: CS/ZT Number (1- 32) No ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 644

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 617 Issue 1 SINZ: System Init ializ ation SINZ: Syste m Initialization 1. Functional Outline This comm and initia liz es the PBX from the MA T. At the time of sys tem init iali zatio n, th is com man d allo ws the prog rams and the office data to b e loaded from a Ha rd Disk of PBX into the RAM of PBX. 2. P arameters Input ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 645

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 618 Issu e 1 SPTS: Scanning of Port Status SPTS : Scanning of P or t St atus 1. Functional Outline This comman d displays momenta r ily th e working stat us of Por t Micr oprocessor ( PM) on Module Gro up (MG), Unit, and Group basis. 2. P arameters Input da ta MG Unit Group Interv al: Unit for th is paramet er is in sec ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 646

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 619 Issue 1 SPTS: Scanning of Port Status Figure 8-1 Po rt Stat us Rep o rt ( MG) Dis play T able 8-7 pr o vides a list of the circu it cards and the working status of PM in ea ch group. T able 8-7 Type of C ircuit Ca rds TYPE OF CIRCUIT CARD FUNCTION NAME LC Line Circuit TK Ana log Trunk RS Re gister Se nder AI Attendant I ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 647

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 620 Issu e 1 SPTS: Scanning of Port Status T ype 2: By MG, Uni t Display o f Scanning by Desig nating Uni t ( Fig ure 8-2 ) Port Sta t us on Circuit Card Basis ID: On- Line Status BY : Make Busy /Not Mounted Port Sta t us on Circu it Level Basis 0: Not Assign ed 1: Line Idl e 2: Line Busy 3: Make Busy 4: Lockout 5: Statu ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 648

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 621 Issue 1 SPTS: Scanning of Port Status T ype 3: By MG, Unit, Gr oup Display o f Scanning by Desig nating Grou p When Group is De signated ( Figure 8- 3 ) ST A TU S: Idle = Id le -- = Unassigned Por t TN: T en a nt Nu m b er STN : Station N umbe r TEC: T elephone Equi pment Class Figure 8-3 P ort Status Rep o rt (MG, Unit ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 649

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 622 Issu e 1 SPTS: Scanning of Port Status When Group-T runk is Desi gnated ( Figure 8-4 ) RT: S e e T able 8-8 . TK: T runk Number TCL: T runk Class Figure 8-4 Port Status Re port (MG, Unit, Group) Dis p lay — Designating Gr oup-Trunk T able 8-8 Route Number Explan ation D A T A M EANING D A T A ME ANING 901 Attendant ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 650

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 623 Issue 1 SRTS : Scanning o f Route Status SR TS: Scanning of R oute Status 1. Functional Outline This command displays t he designated trunk status (busy/id le) at predetermined interva ls. A maximum of 15 routes can be scan ned. 2. P arameters Input da ta RT: R o u t e N u m b e r Inte rv al T ime Display dat a Number o ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 651

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 624 Issu e 1 SR TS_LR: Scanning of Route Status-Logical Route Number SR TS_LR: Scanning of R oute Status-Logical Route Number 1. Functional Outline This command displays the designated tru nk status (Busy/Id le) at predet ermined i ntervals (ma ximum 15 routes). Route number of the SRTS command can b e assigned by using ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 652

    NDA-24300 CHAPTER 8 Page 625 Issue 1 XHFD: X -RA Y HD or FD D Diagnosis XHFD: X-RA Y HD or FDD Diagnosis 1. Functional Outline This command is used to exe c ute the following dia gnoses. • Hard Disk Di agnosis By execut ing read /wr ite c heck o n the f iles i n th e har d d isk o f the PBX , this c omm and dia gnose s the har d disk for its norm ...

  • NEC NDA-24300 - page 653

    CHAPTER 8 ND A-24300 P ag e 626 Issu e 1 XHFD: X-RA Y HD or FDD Diagnosis Display Data F A UL T DRIVE: Fault Dri ve Number [0-4] 0=- 1=#0 2=#1 3=#2 4=#3 F A UL T SECT OR: Number of Fault Sect or [0-655 35] MESSA GE: Res ult of diagnosi s [0-255] 0=Norma l End 1=Ha rd dis k rea d test pr actice err o r 2=Flopp y disk dr ive cl eaning practi ce erro ...

Manufacturer NEC Category Cell Phone

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a NEC NDA-24300 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- NEC technical drawings
- NDA-24300 manuals
- NEC product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels NEC NDA-24300
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual NEC NDA-24300.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals NEC NDA-24300, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals NEC NDA-24300. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product NEC NDA-24300.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device NEC NDA-24300, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use NEC NDA-24300 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of NEC NDA-24300.

A complete NEC manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual NEC NDA-24300 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the NEC NDA-24300, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the NEC NDA-24300, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device NEC NDA-24300 - which should help us in our first steps of using NEC NDA-24300
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with NEC NDA-24300
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of NEC NDA-24300 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning NEC NDA-24300?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual NEC NDA-24300, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with NEC NDA-24300 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Captcha
New picture

Comments (0)